DP83TG720SWRHARQ1 [TI]

DP83TG720S-Q1 1000BASE-T1 Automotive Ethernet PHY;
DP83TG720SWRHARQ1
型号: DP83TG720SWRHARQ1
厂家: TEXAS INSTRUMENTS    TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
描述:

DP83TG720S-Q1 1000BASE-T1 Automotive Ethernet PHY

文件: 总129页 (文件大小:2774K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
DP83TG720R-Q1 1000BASE-T1 Automotive Ethernet PHY  
1 Features  
2 Applications  
IEEE802.3bp 1000BASE-T1 compliant  
Open Alliance TC12 Interoperability and EMC  
compliant  
Telematics control unit (TCU, TBOX)  
Gateway and body control  
ADAS: LIDAR, RADAR, Front Camera  
– Interoperability tested with OA/IEEE compliant  
PHYs  
3 Description  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 device is an IEEE 802.3bp  
and Open Alliance compliant automotive Ethernet  
physical layer transceiver. It provides all physical layer  
functions needed to transmit and receive data over  
unshielded/shielded single twisted-pair cables. The  
device supports RGMII for interfacing with a MAC.  
– EMC immunity Class-IV compliant for UTP  
(unshielded twisted pair)  
Integrated LPF on MDI pins  
MAC Interface: RGMII  
Supported I/O voltages: 3.3 V, 2.5 V, and 1.8 V  
Pin compatible with TI's 100BASE-T1 PHY  
– Single board design for 100BASE-T1 and  
1000BASE-T1 with required BOM change  
Power savings features:  
– standby and sleep  
– local and remote wake-up  
Diagnostic tool kit  
– high accuracy temperature monitor  
– voltage monitor  
– ESD event monitor  
– Data throughput calculator : inbuilt MAC packet  
generator, counter and error checker  
– link quality monitoring  
– cable open and short fault detection  
– loopback modes  
DP83TG720 is compliant to Open Alliance EMC and  
interoperable specifications over unshielded twisted  
cable. DP83TG720 is pin-2-pin compatible to TI's  
100Base-T1 PHY enabling design scalability with  
single board for both speeds.This device offers the  
Diagnostic Tool Kit, with an extensive list of real-  
time monitoring tools, debug tools and test modes.  
Within the tool kit is the first integrated electrostatic  
discharge (ESD) monitoring tool. It is capable of  
counting ESD events on both the xMII and MDI  
as well as providing real-time monitoring through  
the use of a programmable interrupt. Additionally,  
the DP83TG720R-Q1 includes a data generator and  
checker tool to generate customizable MAC packets  
and check the errors on incoming packets.This  
enables system level datapath tests/optimizations  
without dependency on MAC.  
25MHz clock output source  
VQFN, wettable flank packaging  
AEC-Q100 Qualified  
– Inbuilt ESD protection : IEC61000-4-2 ESD :  
±8-kV contact discharge  
Device Information(1)  
PART NUMBER  
PACKAGE  
BODY SIZE (NOM)  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
VQFN (36)  
6.00 mm × 6.00 mm  
– Device temperature grade 1: –40°C to +125°C  
ambient operating temperature  
(1) For all available packages, see the orderable addendum at  
the end of the data sheet.  
RGMII  
CMC  
Automotive  
Connector  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
1000 Mbps  
Ethernet PHY  
CPU/MPU  
MAC  
CM  
Termination  
25-MHz  
Clock Source  
Status  
LEDs  
GND  
Figure 3-1. Simplified Schematic  
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,  
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.  
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table of Contents  
1 Features............................................................................1  
2 Applications.....................................................................1  
3 Description.......................................................................1  
4 Revision History.............................................................. 2  
5 Device Comparison Table...............................................3  
6 Pin Configuration and Functions...................................4  
Pin Functions.................................................................... 5  
7 Specifications.................................................................. 9  
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ....................................... 9  
7.2 ESD Ratings .............................................................. 9  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions ......................10  
7.4 Thermal Information .................................................10  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics ..........................................10  
7.6 Timing Requirements ...............................................13  
7.7 Timing Diagrams.......................................................17  
7.8 LED Drive Characteristics.........................................21  
8 Detailed Description......................................................22  
8.1 Overview...................................................................22  
8.2 Functional Block Diagram.........................................23  
8.3 Feature Description...................................................24  
8.4 Device Functional Modes..........................................40  
8.5 Programming............................................................ 54  
8.6 Register Maps...........................................................58  
9 Application and Implementation................................ 112  
9.1 Application Information............................................112  
9.2 Typical Applications.................................................112  
10 Power Supply Recommendations............................114  
11 Compatibility with TI's 100BT1 PHY ........................117  
12 Layout.........................................................................118  
12.1 Layout Guidelines................................................. 118  
13 Device and Documentation Support........................120  
13.1 Receiving Notification of Documentation Updates120  
13.2 Support Resources............................................... 120  
13.4 Electrostatic Discharge Caution............................120  
13.5 Glossary................................................................120  
14 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable  
Information.................................................................. 121  
14.1 Package Option Addendum..................................121  
4 Revision History  
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.  
Changes from Revision A (February 2021) to Revision B (March 2021)  
Page  
IOZ, 2 level boot-strap's Mode 2 threshold and Rpull-down min/max datasheet limits updated to give more  
margin to customer application...........................................................................................................................9  
Min/Max values of rgmii DLL_TX_DELAY, sleep mode timing parameters, latency parameters, reset mode  
power, standby mode power and sleep mode power added ............................................................................. 9  
Changed Integrated Pull-Down Resistance from 4.5 kΩ to 4.725 kΩ.................................................................9  
Further details added to remote sleep exit procedure...................................................................................... 43  
Note added for more margins for 1.8V two level straps....................................................................................54  
Updated Power Supply Recommendation Note............................................................................................. 114  
Changes from Revision * (December 2020) to Revision A (February 2021)  
Page  
Pull-down resistor value of rx_cntrl and strp_1 pins in pin-state tables updated from 6 K to 6.3 K to match  
exact value in specification ................................................................................................................................5  
SQI section updated to meet OA requirements................................................................................................24  
Strap circuit diagram updated to remove external pull-down............................................................................54  
Register map enhanced with added description...............................................................................................58  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
2
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
5 Device Comparison Table  
PART  
RGMII  
SGMII  
OPERATING  
NUMBER  
SUPPORT  
SUPPORT  
TEMPERATURE  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720S-Q1  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
Yes  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
3
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
6 Pin Configuration and Functions  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
TX_CLK  
TX_CTRL  
TX_D3  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
DNC  
DNC  
CLKOUT / GPIO_2  
RX_CTRL  
STRAP_1  
TRD_M  
TRD_P  
TX_D2  
TX_D1  
GND  
TX_D0  
VDDIO  
LED_0 / GPIO_0  
MDIO  
VDDA  
INH  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Figure 6-1. RHA Package 36-Pin VQFN Top View  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
4
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Pin Functions  
PIN  
STATE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
NO.  
MAC INTERFACE  
RX_D3  
RX_D2  
RX_D1  
RX_D0  
RX_CLK  
23  
Receive Data: Symbols received on the cable are decoded and transmitted out of these pins synchronous to  
the rising edge of RX_CLK. They contain valid data when RX_DV(decoded from RX_CTL) is asserted. A nibble,  
RX_D[3:0], is transmitted in RGMII mode.  
24  
25  
26  
27  
S, PD, O  
O
Receive Clock: In RGMII mode, PHY provides this 125-MHz clock to MAC.  
RGMII Receive Control: Receive control combines receive data valid indication and receive error indication into a  
single signal. RX_DV is presented on the rising edge of RX_CLK and RX_ER is presented on the falling edge of  
RX_CLK.  
RX_CTRL  
15  
S, PD, O  
TX_CLK  
28  
29  
I
I
Transmit Clock: In RGMII mode, MAC provides this 125-MHz clock to PHY.  
RGMII Transmit Control: Transmit control combines transmit enable and transmit error indication into a single  
TX_CTRL  
signal. TX_EN is presented prior to the rising edge of TX_CLK; TX_ER is presented on the falling edge of TX_CLK.  
TX_D3  
TX_D2  
30  
31  
I
Transmit Data: In RGMII mode, the transmit data nibble, TX_D[3:0], is received from the MAC .  
TX_D1  
TX_D0  
32  
33  
SERIAL MANAGEMENT INTERFACE  
MDC  
1
I
Management Data Clock: Synchronous clock to the MDIO serial management input and output data.  
Management Data Input/Output: Bidirectional management data signal that may be sourced by the management  
MDIO  
36  
OD, IO  
station or the PHY. This pin requires an external pull-up resistor (recommended value = 2.2-kΩ) .  
CONTROL INTERFACE  
Interrupt: Active-LOW output, which will be asserted LOW when an interrupt condition occurs. This pin has a weak  
internal pullup. Register access is necessary to enable various interrupt triggers. Once an interrupt event flag is set,  
register access is required to clear the interrupt event on this pin.  
INT  
2
PU, OD, O  
This pin can be configured as an Active-HIGH output using register[0x0011].  
RESET: Active-LOW input, which initializes or reinitializes the DP83TG720R-Q1. Asserting this pin LOW for at least  
10 μs will force a reset process to occur. All internal registers will reinitialize to their default states as specified for  
each bit in the Register Map section. All bootstrap pins are resampled upon deassertion of reset.  
RESET  
INH  
3
PU, I  
INH: Active-HIGH PMOS open-drain output. When the PHY enters the sleep state, PHY will release the INH pin  
to allow an external pull-down resistor (recommended value = 10 kΩ) to pull the line to ground. When in any other  
state, the INH pin will drive a HIGH state to the VSLEEP rail.  
10  
PMOS OD  
WAKE: Active-HIGH (this pin works on VSLEEP domain) pulse on wake-up pin wakes up the PHY from the sleep  
state. For pulse width, refer to timing section. This pin can be directly tied to the VSLEEP rail when the sleep state  
is not used or left float.  
WAKE  
8
PD, I  
PD, I  
STRP_1  
14  
Strap 1: This pin is for strapping PHY_AD bits.  
CLOCK INTERFACE  
Reference Clock Input: Reference clock 25-MHz ±100 ppm-tolerance crystal or oscillator input. The device  
supports either an external crystal resonator connected across pins XI and XO, or an external CMOS-level oscillator  
connected to pin XI only and XO left floating.  
XI  
5
4
I
Reference Clock Output: XO pin is used for crystal only. This pin should be left floating when a CMOS-level  
XO  
O
oscillator is connected to XI.  
LED/GPIO INTERFACE  
LED_0 /  
35  
S, PD, IO  
LED_0: Link Status  
GPIO_0  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
5
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
PIN  
STATE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
LED_1 /  
NO.  
6
S, PD, IO  
IO  
LED_1: Link Status and BLINK for TX/RX Activity  
GPIO_1  
Clock Output: 25-MHz reference clock(buffered replication of XI) by default. If not used, clock output can be  
CLKOUT /  
GPIO_2  
16  
disabled by writing register 0x0453 = 0x0006.  
MEDIUM DEPENDENT INTERFACE  
TRD_M  
TRD_P  
13  
12  
Differential Transmit and Receive: Bidirectional differential signaling configured for 1000BASE-T1 operation,  
IO  
IEEE 802.3bp compliant.  
POWER AND GROUND CONNECTIONS  
VDDA3P3  
VDDIO  
11  
SUPPLY  
SUPPLY  
SUPPLY  
Core Supply: 3.3 V. Refer to power supply recommendations for decoupling network.  
IO Supply: 1.8 V, 2.5 V, or 3.3 V. Refer to power supply recommendations for decoupling network.  
Core Supply: 1.0 V. Refer to power supply recommendations for decoupling network.  
22, 34  
9, 21  
VDD1P0  
Sleep Supply: 3.3 V. Refer to power supply recommendations for decoupling network.  
VSLEEP  
7
SUPPLY  
This pin shall be tied to VDDA3P3 if sleep functionality is not used.  
GROUND  
DAP  
GROUND  
Ground  
DO NOT CONNECT  
DNC: Do Not Connect (test structures connected to these pins and should be kept floating to avoid damage or  
17, 18,  
19, 20  
DNC  
DNC  
wrong mode entry of PHY)  
(1) Type: I = Input  
O = Output  
IO = Input/Output  
OD = Open Drain  
PD = Internal Pulldown  
PU = Internal Pullup  
S = Strap: Configuration pin (all configuration pins have weak internal pullups or pulldowns)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
6
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 6-1. Pin States - RGMII  
POWER-UP / RESET  
NORMAL OPERATION - RGMII  
PULL VALUE  
PIN  
NAME  
PULL VALUE  
(kΩ)  
PIN STATE  
PULL TYPE  
PIN STATE  
PULL TYPE  
(kΩ)  
MDC  
INT_N  
RESET_N  
XO  
I
I
none  
PU  
-
9
9
-
I
OD  
I
none  
PU  
-
9
9
-
I
PU  
PU  
O
I
none  
none  
PD  
O
I
none  
none  
none  
PD  
XI  
-
-
LED_1  
WAKE  
I
9
50  
O
I
-
I
PD  
50  
STRP_1  
INH  
I
I
I
PD  
none  
PD  
6.3  
-
I
PMOS OD, O  
O
none  
none  
none  
-
-
-
RX_CTRL  
6.3  
CLKOUT/GPIO_2  
RX_D3  
O
I
none  
PD  
-
9
9
9
9
9
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
RX_D2  
I
PD  
RX_D1  
I
PD  
RX_D0  
I
PD  
RX_CLK  
TX_CLK  
TX_CTRL  
TX_D3  
I
PD  
I
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
PD  
I
-
I
I
-
I
TX_D2  
I
-
I
TX_D1  
I
-
I
TX_D0  
I
-
I
LED_0  
I
9
-
O
IO  
MDIO  
I
none  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
7
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 6-2. Pin States - Sleep and Isolate  
MAC ISOLATE  
SLEEP  
PIN  
PULL VALUE  
(kΩ)  
PULL VALUE  
NAME  
PIN STATE  
PULL TYPE  
PIN STATE  
PULL TYPE  
(kΩ)  
MDC  
INT_N  
RESET_N  
XO  
I
O
I
none  
PU  
-
9
9
-
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
-
-
-
-
-
-
PU  
O
I
none  
none  
none  
XI  
-
LED_1  
O
-
WAKE  
I
PD  
50  
I
none  
50  
STRP_1  
INH  
I
I
I
none  
none  
PD  
-
-
Float  
PMOS OD, O  
Float  
none  
none  
none  
-
-
-
RX_CTRL  
6.3  
CLKOUT/GPIO_2  
RX_D3  
O
I
none  
PD/none(1)  
PD/none(1)  
PD  
-
9
9
9
9
9
-
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
Float  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
RX_D2  
I
RX_D1  
I
RX_D0  
I
PD  
RX_CLK  
TX_CLK  
TX_CTRL  
TX_D3  
I
PD  
I
none  
I
none  
-
I
none  
-
TX_D2  
I
none  
-
TX_D1  
I
none  
-
TX_D0  
I
none  
-
LED_0  
O
IO  
none  
-
MDIO  
none  
-
(1) PD only for Rgmii's isolate mode.  
Note  
For sleep mode entry vdda, vddio and vdd1p0 are supposed to be powered-down. See figure  
Required Implementation of Sleep Mode for further details.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
8
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
7 Specifications  
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1)  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Supply  
VDDA3P3  
Voltage  
-0.5  
4
V
Supply  
VDD1P0  
Voltage  
-0.5  
-0.5  
-0.5  
-0.5  
1.4  
4
V
V
V
V
Supply  
VDDIO (3.3V)  
Voltage  
Supply  
VDDIO (2.5V)  
Voltage  
2.9  
2.2  
Supply  
VDDIO (1.8V)  
Voltage  
Supply  
VSLEEP  
Voltage  
-0.5  
-0.5  
4
4
V
V
MDI Pins  
TRD_M, TRD_P  
LVCMOS/  
LVTTL Input  
Voltage  
MDC, RESET, XI, LED_1, STRP_1, RX_CTRL, CLKOUT,  
RX_D[3:0], TX_CLK, TX_CTRL, TX_D[3:0], LED_0, MDIO  
-0.5  
-0.5  
-0.5  
-0.5  
VDDIO + 0.3  
VSLEEP + 0.3  
VDDIO + 0.3  
V
V
V
V
LVCMOS/  
LVTTL Input WAKE  
Voltage  
LVCMOS/  
LVTTL Output  
Voltage  
INT, LED_1, RX_CTRL, CLKOUT, RX_D[3:0], RX_CLK,  
LED_0, MDIO  
LVCMOS/  
LVTTL Output INH  
Voltage  
VSLEEP +  
0.3  
TJ  
Junction Temperature  
Storage temperature  
150  
150  
°C  
°C  
Tstg  
-65  
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Rating may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress  
ratings only, which do not imply functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated  
under Recommended Operating Condition. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device  
reliability.  
7.2 ESD Ratings  
VALUE UNIT  
Human body model (HBM), per  
V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge  
V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge  
All pins  
±2000  
±8000  
V
V
AEC Q100-002(1)  
Human body model (HBM), per  
AEC Q100-002(1)  
TRD_M, TRD_P  
Charged device model (CDM), per  
AEC Q100-011  
V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge  
V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge  
All pins  
±500  
V
V
IEC 61000-4-2 contact discharge  
TRD_M, TRD_P  
±8000  
(1) AEC Q100-002 indicates that HBM stressing shall be in accordance with the ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 specification.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
9
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
MIN  
1.62  
2.25  
2.97  
2.97  
0.95  
2.97  
–40  
NOM  
1.8  
2.5  
3.3  
3.3  
1
MAX  
1.98  
2.75  
3.63  
3.63  
1.1  
UNIT  
IO Supply Voltage, 1.8V operation  
VDDIO  
IO Supply Voltage, 2.5V operation  
IO Supply Voltage, 3.3V operation  
V
VDDA3P3 Core Supply Voltage, 3.3V  
VDDA1P0 Core Supply Voltage, 1.0V  
V
V
VSLEEP  
TA  
Sleep Supply Voltage, 3.3V  
Ambient temperature  
3.3  
3.63  
125  
V
°C  
7.4 Thermal Information  
DP83TG720  
THERMAL METRIC(1)  
RHA (VQFN)  
36 PINS  
32.5  
UNIT  
RθJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance  
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance  
Junction-to-board thermal resistance  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
RθJC(top)  
RθJB  
22.2  
13.3  
ΨJT  
Junction-to-top characterization parameter  
Junction-to-board characterization parameter  
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance  
0.3  
ΨJB  
13.3  
RθJC(bot)  
3.2  
(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics application  
report.  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
DC CHARACTERISTICS  
XI  
VIH  
VIL  
High-level Input Voltage  
Low-level Input Voltage  
1.3  
V
V
0.5  
WAKE  
pin  
WAKE  
pin  
WAKE  
pin  
WAKE WAKE  
WAKE pin  
WAKE pin  
pin  
pin  
VIH  
VIL  
High-level Input Voltage  
Low-level Input Voltage  
VSLEEP = 3.3V ± 10%  
VSLEEP = 3.3V ± 10%  
INH pin  
2
V
0.8  
V
INH pin INH pin  
INH pin INH pin INH pin INH pin  
VOH  
High-level Output Voltage  
IOH = -2mA, VSLEEP = 3.3V ± 10%  
2.4  
2.4  
2
V
3.3V VDDIO (2)  
VOH  
VOL  
VIH  
VIL  
High-level Output Voltage  
IOH = -2mA, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%  
IOL = 2mA, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%  
VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%  
V
V
V
V
Low-level Output Voltage  
High-level Input Voltage  
Low-level Input Voltage  
0.4  
0.8  
VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%  
2.5V VDDIO (2)  
VOH  
VOL  
VIH  
VIL  
High-level Output Voltage  
IOH = -2mA, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%  
IOL = 2mA, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%  
VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%  
2
V
V
V
V
Low-level Output Voltage  
High-level Input Voltage  
Low-level Input Voltage  
0.4  
0.7  
1.7  
VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
10  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
1.8V VDDIO (2)  
VDDIO –  
0.45  
VOH  
VOL  
VIH  
High-level Output Voltage  
Low-level Output Voltage  
High-level Input Voltage  
IOH = -2mA, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%  
IOL = 2mA, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%  
VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%  
V
V
V
0.45  
0.7 *  
VDDIO  
0.3 *  
VDDIO  
VIL  
IIH  
IIH  
Low-level Input Voltage  
VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%  
V
Input High Current (MDIO)  
VIN = VCC, -40°C to 125°C  
VIN = VCC, -40°C to 125°C  
-5  
5
µA  
µA  
Input High Current (RGMII Input  
pin,MDC)  
-20  
20  
VIN swept from 0V till VCC, -40°C to  
125°C  
IOZ  
Input High Current (MDIO)  
-40  
-40  
40  
µA  
Input Low Current (RGMII Input pin,  
MDC, MDIO)  
IIL  
VIN = GND, -40°C to 125°C  
INH  
5
6
µA  
µA  
µA  
IOZL  
IOZ  
VIN swept from 0V till VCC, -40°C to  
125°C  
Tri-state Output Current (5)  
-40  
-60  
10  
VIN swept from 0V till VCC, -40°C to  
125°C  
IOZ  
Tri-state Output Current (6)  
Input Capacitance  
60  
µA  
CIN  
LVCMOS/LVTTL pins (3)  
LVCMOS/LVTTL pins (4)  
XI  
2
4
pF  
pF  
pF  
pF  
pF  
pF  
kΩ  
kΩ  
kΩ  
kΩ  
CIN  
Input Capacitance  
1
COUT  
COUT  
Rpull-up  
Output Capacitance  
LVCMOS/LVTTL pins (3)  
LVCMOS/LVTTL pins (4)  
XO  
2
4
Output Capacitance  
1
Integrated Pull-Up Resistance  
INT, RESET  
6.5  
4.725  
7.3  
9
6.3  
9
12.5  
7.875  
13  
Rpull-down Integrated Pull-Down Resistance  
STRP_1, RX_CTRL  
LED_1, RX_D[3:0], RX_CLK, LED_0  
WAKE  
Rpull-down Integrated Pull-Down Resistance  
35  
50  
62.5  
Integrated Pull-Up Resistance when  
Rpull-down  
Active  
INH  
106  
42  
Ω
Ω
Integrated MAC Series Termination  
Resistor ( Default)  
Rseries  
RX_D[3:0], RX_CTRL, and RX_CLK  
24  
30  
52  
65  
Integrated MAC Series Terminatin  
Rseries Resistor (with register<0x0456> =  
0x0148)  
RX_D[3:0], RX_CTRL, and RX_CLK  
RX_D[3:0], RX_CTRL, and RX_CLK  
52  
70  
Ω
Ω
Integrated MAC Series Terminatin  
Rseries Resistor (with register<0x0456> =  
0x0168)  
40  
84  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION, SLEEP MODE  
ISLEEP  
Sleep Supply Current  
VSLEEP  
485  
840  
µA  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION, RESET ASSERTED  
IDDIO  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 1.8V  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 2.5V  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 3.3V  
Core Supply Current, 3.3V  
VDDIO  
4
5
9
12  
15  
8
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IDDIO  
VDDIO  
IDDIO  
VDDIO  
6.5  
5
IDDA3P3  
IDD1P0  
VDDA3P3  
VDD1P0  
Core Supply Current, 1.0V  
30  
110  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION, STANDBY  
IDDIO IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 1.8V  
VDDIO  
4
11  
mA  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
11  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
6
MAX  
UNIT  
mA  
IDDIO  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 2.5V  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 3.3V  
Core Supply Current, 3.3V  
Core Supply Current, 1.0V  
VDDIO  
13  
15  
IDDIO  
VDDIO  
8
mA  
IDDA3P3  
IDD1P0  
VDDA3P3  
VDD1P0  
16  
33  
18  
mA  
112  
mA  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION, ACTIVE MODE, Voltage: +/- 10%, Traffic : 100%,Packet Size: 1518, Content : Random  
IDDIO  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 1.8V  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 2.5V  
IO Supply Current, VDDIO = 3.3V  
Core Supply Current, 3.3V  
RGMII  
20  
26  
25  
30  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
µA  
IDDIO  
RGMII  
IDDIO  
RGMII  
33  
40  
IDDA3P3  
IDD1P0  
ISLEEP  
RGMII  
85  
89  
Core Supply Current, 1.0V  
RGMII  
177  
1000  
250  
1500  
Sleep Supply Current  
VSLEEP = 3.3V +/- 10%  
MDI CHARACTERISTICS  
VOD-MDI Output Differential Voltage  
RL(diff) = 100 Ω  
1.3  
V
Integrated Differential MDI Termination  
(Active State)  
RMDI-DIFF  
TRD_P, TRD_M  
100  
100  
Ω
Integrated Differential MDI Termination  
(Sleep State)  
RMDI-DIFF  
TRD_P, TRD_M  
Ω
BOOTSTRAP DC CHARACTERISTICS  
2 level  
straps  
0.35*VD  
DIO  
Vbsl_1v8 Bootstrap Threshold  
Mode 1, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%, 2-level  
0
V
Vbsh_1v  
Bootstrap Threshold  
8
Mode 2, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%, 2-level  
Mode 1, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%, 2-level  
Mode 2, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%, 2-level  
Mode 1, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%, 2-level  
Mode 2, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%, 2-level  
1.175  
0
VDDIO  
0.7  
V
V
V
V
V
Vbsl_2v5 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbsh_2v  
Bootstrap Threshold  
5
1.175  
0
VDDIO  
0.7  
Vbsl_3v3 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbsh_3v  
Bootstrap Threshold  
3
1.175  
VDDIO  
3 level  
straps  
0.35 *  
VDDIO  
Vbs1_1V8 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs2_1V8 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs3_1V8 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs1_2V5 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs2_2V5 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs3_2V5 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs1_3V3 Bootstrap Threshold  
Vbs2_3V3 Bootstrap Threshold  
Mode 1, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 2, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 3, VDDIO = 1.8V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 1, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 2, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 3, VDDIO = 2.5V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 1, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 2, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%, 3-level  
Mode 3, VDDIO = 3.3V ± 10%, 3-level  
0
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
0.40 *  
VDDIO  
0.75 *  
VDDIO  
0.84 *  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
0.19 *  
VDDIO  
0
0.27 *  
VDDIO  
0.41 *  
VDDIO  
0.58 *  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
0.18 *  
VDDIO  
0
0.22 *  
VDDIO  
0.42 *  
VDDIO  
0.46 *  
VDDIO  
Vbs3_3V3 Bootstrap Threshold  
Temperature Sensor  
VDDIO  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
12  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Temperature Sensor Resolution (LSB)  
-40to 125℃  
-40to 125℃  
1.5  
Temperature Sensor Accuracy ( Voltage  
and Temperature Variation on single part)  
-7.5  
7.5  
Temperature Sensor Accuracy ( Voltage,  
Temperature and Part-to-Part variation)  
-40to 125℃  
-21.5  
-40  
20  
Temperature Sensor Range  
140  
Voltage Sensor  
VDDA3P3 Sensor Range  
2.66  
3.3  
8.6  
3.96  
V
VDDA3P3 Sensor Resolution (LSB)  
-40to 125℃  
-40to 125℃  
mV  
VDDA3P3 Sensor Accuracy ( Voltage and  
Temperature Variation)  
8.6  
mV  
VDDA3P3 Sensor Accuracy Part-to-Part -40to 125℃  
-68.8  
0.8  
68.8  
1.2  
mV  
V
VDD1P0 Sensor Range  
VDD1P0 Sensor Resolution (LSB)  
-40to 125℃  
-40to 125℃  
-40to 125℃  
2.8  
2.8  
mV  
VDD1P0 Sensor Accuracy ( Voltage and  
Temperature Variation)  
mV  
VDD1P0 Sensor Accuracy Part-to-Part  
VDDIO Sensor Range  
-22.4  
1.44  
22.4  
3.8  
mV  
V
VDDIO Sensor Resolution (LSB)  
-40to 125℃  
-40to 125℃  
-40to 125℃  
15.4  
15.4  
mV  
VDDIO Sensor Accuracy ( Voltage and  
Temperature Variation)  
mV  
mV  
VDDIO Sensor Accuracy Part-to-Part  
-78  
78  
(1) Ensured by production test, characterization or design  
(2) For pins: LED_1, STRP_1, RX_CTRL, CLKOUT, RX_D[3:0], RX_CLK, LED_0  
(3) For pins: MDC, INT, RESET, LED_1, STRP_1, RX_CTRL, CLKOUT, RX_D0, RX_D1, RX_CLK, TX_CLK, TX_CTRL, TX_D2, TX_D3,  
LED_0, and MDIO  
(4) For pins: TX_D0, TX_D1, RX_D2, and RX_D3  
(5) For pins : LED_1, RX_D[3:0], RX_CLK, LED_0  
(6) For pins : STRP_1 and RX_CTRL  
7.6 Timing Requirements  
(1)  
TEST  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
POWER-UP TIMING  
0% to 100% (+/- 10  
VDDA3P3)  
T5.1  
T5.2  
VDDA3P3 Duration(2)  
0.5  
0.1  
40  
40  
ms  
ms  
0% to 100% (+/- 10  
VDD1P0)  
VDD1P0 Duration(2)  
T5.2  
T5.2  
T5.2  
VDDIO Duration(2)  
VDDIO Duration(2)  
VDDIO Duration(2)  
VDDIO = 1.8V  
VDDIO = 2.5V  
VDDIO = 3.3V  
0% to 100% (+/- 10  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
40  
40  
40  
ms  
ms  
ms  
(2)  
T5.2  
T5.3  
T5.4  
VSLEEP Duration  
0.1  
40  
ms  
µs  
VSLEEP  
)
Crystal stabilization-time post power-up (from last power rail  
ramp to 100%)  
1500  
Osillator stabilization-time post power-up ( from last power  
rail ramp to 100%)(3)  
20  
ms  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
13  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
(1)  
TEST  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
Post power-up stabilization-time prior to MDC preamble for  
register access  
T5.5  
65  
ms  
ms  
ns  
T5.6  
T5.7  
T5.8  
Hardware configuration latch-in time from power-up  
60  
110  
60  
Hardware configuration pins transition to functional mode from  
latch-in completion  
PAM3 IDLE Stream from power-up (Master Mode)  
ms  
RESET TIMING (RESET_N)  
T6.1  
T6.2  
T6.3  
T6.4  
T6.5  
RESET pulse width  
5
1
µs  
ms  
µs  
µs  
µs  
Post reset stabilization-time prior to MDC preamble for register  
access  
Hardware configuration latch-in time from reset  
2
1.5  
Hardware configuration pins transition to functional mode from  
latch-in completion  
PAM3 IDLE Stream from reset (Master Mode)  
1500  
SMI TIMING  
T4.1  
T4.2  
T4.3  
MDC to MDIO (Output) Delay Time (25 pF load)  
0
10  
10  
6
10  
20  
ns  
ns  
MDIO (Input) to MDC Setup Time  
MDIO (Input) to MDC Hold Time  
MDC Frequency ( 25 pF load)  
ns  
2.5  
MHz  
RECEIVE LATENCY TIMING  
SSD symbol on MDI to Rising edge of RGMII RX_CLK with  
8
µs  
ns  
assertion of RX_CTRL  
SSD symbol on MDI to Rising edge of RGMII RX_CLK with  
assertion of RX_CTRL (RS-FEC bypass mode)  
400  
TRANSMIT LATENCY TIMING  
RGMII Rising edge TX_CLK with assertion TX_CTRL to SSD  
symbol on MDI  
0.8  
µs  
ns  
RGMII Rising edge TX_CLK with assertion TX_CTRL to SSD  
symbol on MDI (RS-FEC bypass mode)  
600  
25 MHz OSCILLATOR REQUIREMENTS  
Frequency (XI)  
25  
50  
MHz  
ppm  
ns  
Frequency Tolerance and Stability Over temperature and aging  
Rise / Fall Time (10% - 90%)(6)  
–100  
40  
100  
8
Integrated upto  
5MHz  
Jitter (RMS)  
Duty Cycle  
1
ps  
%
60  
RGMII TIMING  
TsetupR  
TholdR  
TX_D[3:0], TX_CTRL Setup to TX_CLK  
on PHY pins  
on PHY pins  
1
1
2
2
ns  
ns  
TX_D[3:0], TX_CTRL Hold from TX_CLK (5)  
RX_D[3:0], RX_CTRL Delay from RX_CLK (Align Mode  
Enabled)  
TskewT  
On PHY Pins  
On PHY Pins  
-500  
0
500  
ps  
ns  
TskewT  
RX_D[3:0], RX_CTRL Delay from RX_CLK (Shift Mode  
Enabled, default)(4)  
2.240  
2.650  
2.970  
(Shift)  
Tcyc  
Tcyc  
Clock Cycle Duration  
Clock Cycle Duration  
RX_CLK  
7.2  
7.2  
45  
8
8
8.8  
8.8  
55  
ns  
ns  
%
TX_CLK  
Duty_G Duty Cycle  
Duty_G Duty Cycle  
RX_CLK  
50  
50  
TX_CLK  
45  
55  
%
Tr  
Rise Time (20% - 80%)  
CL=Ctrace=5pF  
0.75  
ns  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
14  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
(1)  
TEST  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER  
Fall Time (20% - 80%)  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
Tf  
CL=Ctrace = 5pF  
0.75  
ns  
RGMII  
RX Shift  
Mode  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=0(4)  
0.330  
0.650  
0.970  
ns  
Delays  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=1(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=2(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=3(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=4(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=5(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=6(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=7(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=8(4)  
DLL DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=9(4)  
0.580  
0.830  
1.000  
1.230  
1.490  
1.690  
1.960  
2.180  
2.490  
0.900  
1.150  
1.400  
1.650  
1.990  
2.150  
2.400  
2.650  
2.900  
1.220  
1470  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
1.720  
1.970  
2.220  
2.470  
2.730  
2.970  
3.220  
RGMII  
Shift TX  
Mode  
Delays  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=1(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=2(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=3(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=4(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=5(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=6(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=7(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=8(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=9(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=10(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=11(4) (7)  
DLL DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_SL=12(4) (7)  
0.08  
0.27  
0.51  
0.75  
0.94  
1.18  
1.37  
1.61  
1.85  
2.04  
2.28  
2.52  
0.25  
0.49  
0.73  
0.97  
1.21  
1.45  
1.69  
1.93  
2.17  
2.42  
2.65  
2.9  
0.38  
0.67  
0.91  
1.15  
1.44  
1.68  
1.98  
2.22  
2.46  
2.75  
2.99  
3.23  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
25 MHz CRYSTAL REQUIREMENTS  
Frequency  
25  
MHz  
ppm  
Ω
Frequency Tolerance and Stability Over temperature and aging  
–100  
45  
100  
50  
Equivalent Series Resistance  
OUTPUT CLOCK TIMING (CLKOUT)  
Frequency  
25  
MHz  
%
Duty Cycle ( With crystal attached)  
55  
2.5  
5
Rise / Fall Time (10% - 90%)  
ns  
Jitter (RMS) (Slave Mode, MAC Iinterface : SGMII)  
Jitter (RMS) (Master Mode, MAC Iinterface : SGMII)  
Jitter (RMS) (Slave Mode, MAC Interface : RGMII)  
Jitter (RMS) (Master Mode, MAC Interface : RGMII)  
Sleep Entry and Wake-Up  
ps  
2.4  
11  
ps  
ps  
15  
ps  
Normal Mode,  
MDI_Energy =  
FALSE sleep_en =  
TRUE  
WAKE LOW to Sleep Entry; INH Transition LOW  
64  
85  
us  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
15  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
(1)  
TEST  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
Normal Mode,  
WAKE = LOW,  
MDI_Energy =  
FALSE  
sleep_en = True to Sleep Entry; INH Transition LOW (master  
mode)  
5
85  
us  
Normal Mode,  
WAKE = LOW,  
MDI_Energy =  
FALSE  
sleep_en = True to Sleep Entry; INH Transition LOW (slave  
mode)  
5000  
5
us  
Normal Mode,  
WAKE = LOW,  
sleep_en = TRUE  
MDI Energy Loss to Sleep Entry; INH Transition LOW  
ms  
Sleep Mode, WAKE  
pin  
Local Wake-Up Pulse Duration (on Wake pin)  
80  
µs  
Send-S/Send-T pattern duration for wake up from MDI  
Sleep Mode, Slave  
1.25  
ms  
Sleep Mode, rising  
edge of WAKE pin  
to rising edge of  
INH  
Local Wake-Up; INH Transition HIGH  
85  
us  
Tolerable differential noise level on MDI for PHY to stay in sleep  
mode  
Sleep Mode  
Sleep Mode  
200 mV pk-pk  
mV pk-pk  
Link-partner's VOD for valid wake-up (for 5m cable)  
840  
(1) Ensured by production test or characterization or design.  
(2) No supply sequencing constraint across power rails  
(3) In case OSC clock is delayed, additional reset is needed post Osc clock stablisation  
(4) Refer register[0x0430] for programmability of RX and TX delay codes  
(5) PHY provides internal delays on TX_CLK to TX_D[3:0] to add additional skew upto 2 ns. Refer to register[0x0430] for programmability  
(6) Max rise/fall time of 8ns is supported for duty cycle of 40% to 55%. Max rise/fall time will be 6 ns for duty cycle of 40% to 60%  
(7) Data for 1.8V VDDIO.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
16  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
7.7 Timing Diagrams  
XI(crystal)  
XI(oscillator)  
T5.1  
T5.2  
VDDA  
VDDIO/ VDD1P0/ Vsleep  
MDC  
tT5.5t  
Bootstrap  
Latch-in  
tT5.6t  
Active  
I/O Pins  
tT5.7t  
+1  
PAM3  
0
(Master)  
-1  
Figure 7-1. Power Up Timing  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
17  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
VVDD  
XI  
tT6.1t  
Hardware  
RESET_N  
MDC  
tT6.2t  
tT6.3t  
Bootstrap  
Latch-in  
Active  
I/O Pins  
tT6.4t  
tT6.5t  
+1  
PAM3  
0
(Master)  
-1  
Figure 7-2. Reset Timing  
tTcyc  
t
TX_CLK  
Thold(shift)  
TX_D[3:0]  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
Tsetup(shift)  
TX_CTRL  
TX_ER  
TX_EN  
TX_ER  
TX_EN  
Figure 7-3. RGMII Transmit Timing (Internal Delay Enabled)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
18  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
tTcyc  
t
TX_CLK  
TX_D[3:0]  
TX_CTRL  
Thold(align)  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
Tsetup(align)  
TX_EN  
TX_ER  
TX_EN  
TX_ER  
Figure 7-4. RGMII Transmit Timing (Internal Delay Disabled)  
tTcyc  
t
RX_CLK  
RX_D[3:0]  
RX_CTRL  
Tskew(shift)  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
Tskew(shift)  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
RX_DV  
Figure 7-5. RGMII Receive Timing (Internal Delay Enabled)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
19  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
tTcyc  
t
RX_CLK  
RX_D[3:0]  
RX_CTRL  
Tskew(align)  
Valid Data  
Valid Data  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
RX_DV  
Figure 7-6. RGMII Receive Timing (Internal Delay Disabled)  
MDC  
MDIO  
MDIO  
tT4.2t  
tT4.3t  
Valid Data  
tT4.1t  
Valid Data  
Figure 7-7. Serial Management Timing  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
20  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
7.8 LED Drive Characteristics  
Figure 7-8. LED V vs I for 3.3V VDDIO  
Figure 7-9. LED V vs I for 2.5V VDDIO  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
21  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8 Detailed Description  
8.1 Overview  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 is a 1000BASE-T1 automotive Ethernet Physical Layer transceiver. It is IEEE 802.3bp  
compliant and AEC-Q100 qualified for automotive applications.  
This device is specifically designed to operate at 1-Gbps speed while meeting stringent automotive EMC  
requirements. The DP83TG720R-Q1 transmits PAM3 ternary symbols at 750-MBd over unshielded/shielded  
single-twisted pair cable. It is designed for RGMII support in a single 36-pin VQFN wettable flank package.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
22  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.2 Functional Block Diagram  
Figure 8-1. DP83TG720R-Q1 Functional Block Diagram  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
23  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3 Feature Description  
8.3.1 Diagnostic Tool Kit  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 diagnostic tool kit provides mechanisms for monitoring normal operation, device-level  
debugging, system-level debugging, fault detection, and compliance testing. This tool kit includes a built-in  
self-test with PRBS data, various loopback modes, Signal Quality Indicator (SQI), Time Domain Reflectometry  
(TDR), voltage monitor, temperature monitor, electrostatic discharge monitor, and IEEE 802.3bp test modes.  
8.3.1.1 Signal Quality Indicator  
When the DP83TG720R-Q1 is active, the Signal Quality Indicator may be used to determine the quality of link  
based on SNR readings made by the device.  
SQI is derived based on the calculated SNR value and is presented as five level indication, where level of 4  
ensures a BER better than 10-10  
.
Note  
Refer to DP83TG720: Configuring for Open Alliance Specification Compliance application note for  
details on using SQI register for Open Alliance TC12 SQI tests.  
8.3.1.2 Time Domain Reflectometry  
Time domain reflectometry helps detecting and estimating the location of OPEN and SHORT faults along a  
cable.  
TDR is activated by setting bit[15] = 'b1 in the register[0x001E]. When TDR diagnostic process gets completed  
successfully, Bit[1:0] of register[0x001E] will become 'b10. After this status change, TDR results can be read in  
the register of following table.  
Table 8-1. TDR Result Registers : 0x030F  
Register Bits  
Description  
[1:0]  
01 = TDR Activation  
10 = TDR On  
00,11 = TDR Not Available  
[3:2]  
[7:4]  
Reserved  
0011 = Short  
0110 = Open  
0101 = Noise  
0111 = Cable OK  
1000 = Test in progress; initial value with TDR ON  
1101 = Test not possible (for example, noise, active link)  
Other values are not valid  
[13:8]  
Fault distance = Value in decimal of [13:8]  
'b111111 = Resolution not possible/out of distance  
[15:14]  
Reserved  
Note  
TDR should not be run if the link is already active. Running TDR on active line can make TDR fail and  
also can result in disruption of link.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
24  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.1.3 Built-In Self-Test For Datapath  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 incorporates a data-path’s Built-In-Self-Test (BIST) to check the PHY level and system  
level data-paths. BIST has following integrated features which make the system level data transfer tests  
(through-put etc) and diagnostics possible without relying on MAC or external data generator hardware/software.  
1. Loopback modes  
2. Data generator  
a. Customizable MAC packets generator.  
b. Transmitted packet counter.  
c. PRBS stream generator.  
3. Data checker  
a. Received MAC packets error checker.  
b. Received packet counter: Counts total packets received and packets received with errors.  
c. PRBS lock and PRBS error checker.  
8.3.1.3.1 Loopback Modes  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
Figure 8-2. All Loopbacks  
There are several loopback options within the DP83TG720R-Q1. Enabling different loopback modes enables/  
bypass different data-paths according to system verification requirements. Different loopbacks can be enabled  
along-side following data generation options :  
a. Inbuilt data-generator  
b. External data-generator (on Ethernet cable or MAC side)  
Following diagrams illustrate data-flow during different loopback options :  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
Figure 8-3. Analog Loopback With Inbuilt Data-Gen  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
25  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
Figure 8-4. Analog Loopback With External Data-Gen  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
MAC  
MAC  
Figure 8-5. Digital Loopback With Inbuilt Data-Gen  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
Figure 8-6. Digital Loopback With External Data-Gen  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
Figure 8-7. PCS Loopback With Inbuilt Data-Gen  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
Figure 8-8. PCS Loopback With External Data-Gen  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
26  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
Figure 8-9. xMII Loopback With External Data-Gen  
Data  
Generator  
Data  
Checker  
MAC  
Figure 8-10. xMII Reverse Loopback With External Data-Gen  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
27  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.1.3.2 Data Generator  
Data generator can be programmed to generate either user defined MAC packets or PRBS stream.  
Following  
parameters  
of  
generated  
MAC  
packets  
can  
be  
configured  
(refer  
to  
registers<0x061B>,register<0x061A> and register<0x0624> for required configuration):  
Packet Length  
Inter-packet gap  
Defined number of packets to be sent or continuous transmission  
Packet data-type: Incremental/Fixed/PRBS  
Number of valid bytes per packet  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
28  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.1.3.3 Programming Datapath BIST  
Following register settings enable different loopbacks, data generation and data checker procedures:  
Table 8-2. Datapath BIST Programming  
Loopback  
Mode  
To enable loopback mode  
To enable  
data  
To check in- To enable  
coming MAC data  
To check in- Other care-  
coming  
abouts  
generator  
packets  
generator  
PRBS status:  
and checker: status  
MAC packets  
and checker: PRBS stream  
PRBS stream  
1
Analog  
loopback  
Step 1 : write :  
reg[0x0620]  
(1) = 1'b1  
write : reg[0x0016]=0x0008  
write: reg[0x0405]=0x2800  
write :  
read :  
write :  
Disconne  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x155  
5
reg[0x063  
C] for  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x055  
7
ct the  
cable/link-  
partner.  
Step 2 :  
(15:0) of  
total  
read :  
write :  
write :  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to MAC  
side, to  
disable  
MAC  
reg[0x062  
0](7:0) =  
Number  
of error  
bytes  
received  
packets  
count.  
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
read :  
reg[0x063  
D] for  
received.  
read :  
(31:16) of  
total  
side :  
reg[0x062  
0](8) (1  
indicates  
PRBS  
write  
received  
packets  
count.  
reg[0x000  
0]=0x054  
0
data is  
read :  
coming in  
and  
reg[0x063  
E] for  
checker is  
locked)  
Packets  
received  
with CRC  
errors  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
29  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-2. Datapath BIST Programming (continued)  
Loopback  
Mode  
To enable loopback mode  
To enable  
data  
To check in- To enable  
coming MAC data  
To check in- Other care-  
coming  
abouts  
generator  
packets  
generator  
PRBS status:  
and checker: status  
MAC packets  
and checker: PRBS stream  
PRBS stream  
2
Digital loopback  
Step 1 : write :  
reg[0x0620][1]  
= 1'b1  
write : reg[0x0016] =  
0x0004  
write :  
read :  
write :  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to Cu  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x155  
5
reg[0x063  
C] =  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x055  
7
write : reg[0x0800][11]=1  
Step 2 :  
[15:0] of  
total  
read :  
cable  
write :  
write :  
reg[0x062  
0][7:0] =  
Number  
of error  
bytes  
received  
packets  
count.  
side, to  
disable  
this  
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
transmissi  
on : write  
reg[0x041  
F] =  
read :  
reg[0x063  
D]=  
received.  
read :  
[31:16] of  
total  
0x1000  
reg[0x062  
0][8] (1  
indicates  
PRBS  
received  
packets  
count.  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to MAC  
side, to  
disable  
MAC  
data is  
read :  
coming in  
and  
reg<0x06  
3E> ->  
checker is  
locked)  
Packets  
received  
with CRC  
errors  
side :  
write  
reg[0x000  
0]=0x054  
0
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
30  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-2. Datapath BIST Programming (continued)  
Loopback  
Mode  
To enable loopback mode  
To enable  
data  
To check in- To enable  
coming MAC data  
To check in- Other care-  
coming  
abouts  
generator  
packets  
generator  
PRBS status:  
and checker: status  
MAC packets  
and checker: PRBS stream  
PRBS stream  
3
PCS loopback  
Step 1 : write :  
reg[0x0620][1]  
= 1'b1  
write : reg<0x0016> =  
0x0001  
write :  
read :  
write :  
Generate  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x155  
5
reg[0x063  
C]= [15:0]  
of total  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x055  
7
d data will  
be going  
to Cu  
Step 2 :  
read :  
received  
packets  
count.  
cable  
write :  
write :  
reg[0x062  
0][7:0] =  
Number  
of error  
bytes  
side, to  
disable  
this  
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
read :  
transmissi  
on : write  
reg[0x041  
F] =  
reg[0x063  
D]=  
received.  
[31:16] of  
total  
read :  
0x1000  
reg[0x062  
0][8] (1  
indicates  
PRBS  
received  
packets  
count.  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to MAC  
side, to  
disable  
MAC  
read :  
data is  
reg[0x063  
E]=  
coming in  
and  
Packets  
received  
with CRC  
errors  
checker is  
locked)  
side :  
write  
reg[0x000  
0]=0x054  
0
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
31  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-2. Datapath BIST Programming (continued)  
Loopback  
Mode  
To enable loopback mode  
To enable  
data  
To check in- To enable  
coming MAC data  
To check in- Other care-  
coming  
abouts  
generator  
packets  
generator  
PRBS status:  
and checker: status  
MAC packets  
and checker: PRBS stream  
PRBS stream  
4
RGMII loopback  
write : reg<0x0000> =  
0x4140  
Data is  
Data can  
be verified  
at Rgmii  
RX pins.  
Data is  
Not  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to Cu  
generated  
externally  
at Rgmii  
TX pins  
generated  
externally  
at Rgmii  
Tx pins.  
applicable  
as data is  
external.  
cable  
Packet  
errors can  
additional  
y be  
PRBS  
side, to  
disable  
this  
Write :  
reg[0x061  
9]=  
stream  
checker  
works  
transmissi  
on : write  
reg[0x041  
F] =  
0x1004  
checked  
internally  
by :  
only with  
internal  
data  
generator.  
read :  
reg[0x  
063C  
]=  
0x1000  
[15:0]  
of  
total  
receiv  
ed  
packe  
ts  
count.  
read :  
reg[0x  
063D]  
=
[31:16  
] of  
total  
receiv  
ed  
packe  
ts  
count.  
read :  
reg[0x  
063E  
]=  
Packe  
ts  
receiv  
ed  
with  
CRC  
errors  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
32  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-2. Datapath BIST Programming (continued)  
Loopback  
Mode  
To enable loopback mode  
To enable  
data  
To check in- To enable  
coming MAC data  
To check in- Other care-  
coming  
abouts  
generator  
packets  
generator  
PRBS status:  
and checker: status  
MAC packets  
and checker: PRBS stream  
PRBS stream  
5
SGMII loopback  
write : reg[0x0000] =  
0x4140  
Data is  
Data can  
be verified  
at Sgmii  
Data is  
Not  
Generate  
generated  
externally  
at Sgmii  
TX pins  
generated  
externally  
at Sgmii  
Tx pins.  
applicable  
as data is  
external.  
d data will  
be going  
to Cu  
RX pins.  
cable  
Packet  
errors can  
additional  
y be  
PRBS  
side, to  
disable  
this  
Write :  
reg[0x061  
9] =  
stream  
checker  
works  
transmissi  
on : write  
reg[0x041  
F] =  
0x1114  
checked  
internally  
by :  
only with  
internal  
data  
generator.  
read :  
reg[0x  
063C  
]=  
0x1000  
[15:0]  
of  
total  
receiv  
ed  
packe  
ts  
count.  
read :  
reg[0x  
063D]  
=
[31:16  
] of  
total  
receiv  
ed  
packe  
ts  
count.  
read :  
reg[0x  
063E]  
=
Packe  
ts  
receiv  
ed  
with  
CRC  
errors  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
33  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-2. Datapath BIST Programming (continued)  
Loopback  
Mode  
To enable loopback mode  
To enable  
data  
To check in- To enable  
coming MAC data  
To check in- Other care-  
coming  
abouts  
generator  
packets  
generator  
PRBS status:  
and checker: status  
MAC packets  
and checker: PRBS stream  
PRBS stream  
6
RGMII Reverse  
loopback  
Step 1 : write :  
reg[0x0620][1]  
= 1'b1  
write : reg[0x0016] =  
0x0010  
write :  
read :  
write :  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to Cu  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x100  
5
reg[0x063  
C] =  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x055  
7
Step 2 :  
[15:0] of  
total  
read :  
cable  
write :  
write :  
reg[0x062  
0][7:0] =  
Number  
of error  
bytes  
received  
packets  
count.  
side, to  
disable  
this  
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
transmissi  
on : write  
reg[0x041  
F] =  
read :  
reg[0x063  
D] =  
received.  
read :  
[31:16] of  
total  
0x1000  
reg[0x062  
0][8] (1  
indicates  
PRBS  
received  
packets  
count.  
data is  
read :  
coming in  
and  
reg[0x063  
E] =  
checker is  
locked)  
Packets  
received  
with CRC  
errors  
7
SGMII Reverse  
loopback  
Step 1 : write :  
reg[0x0620][1]  
= 1'b1  
write : reg[0x042C] =  
0x0010  
write :  
read :  
write :  
Generate  
d data will  
be going  
to Cu  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x1115  
reg[0x063  
C] for  
reg[0x061  
9]=0x055  
7
Step 2 :  
[15:0] of  
total  
write :  
read :  
cable  
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
write :  
reg[0x062  
0][7:0] for  
Number  
of error  
bytes  
received  
packets  
count.  
side, to  
disable  
this  
reg[0x062  
4]=0x55B  
F
transmissi  
on : write  
reg[0x041  
F] =  
read :  
reg[0x063  
D] for  
received.  
read :  
[31:16] of  
total  
0x1000  
reg[0x062  
0][8] (1  
indicates  
PRBS  
received  
packets  
count.  
data is  
read :  
coming in  
and  
reg[0x063  
E] for  
checker is  
locked)  
Packets  
received  
with CRC  
errors  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
34  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Note  
Different MAC packet parameters can be further configured with register[0x061B] and register[0x0624]  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
35  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.1.4 Temperature and Voltage Sensing  
Temperature sensor of PHY can be used to give the indication of the temperature of the system and reading can  
be taken on the fly by reading the temperature sensor output register.  
Voltage sensor senses the voltage of all the supply pins: vdda, vddio and vdd1p0. Each pins active voltage can  
be sensed by reading the corresponding voltage sensor output register.  
All sensors are always active and monitor state machine polls the value of each sensor periodically. Monitor  
state machine can be further programmed to give higher priority/sampling time to one sensor over another by  
using MONITOR_CTRL_3 register.  
Following software sequence can be used to read out any sensor's output:  
Step1 : Program register[0x0467] = 0x6004 ; Initial configuration of monitors  
Step 2 : Program register [0x046A] = 0x00A6 and then register [0x046A]=0x00A3; Refresh the monitors  
Step 3 : Program register[0x0468] to select the corresponding sensor to be polled and read register [0x047B]  
[14:7] for selected sensor's output code.  
Step 4 : Feed the values of read sensor's output code (in decimal) in following equations to get the sensor's  
output value in decimals. Refer to Sensor Select Table for required value of constants to be used in  
equations :  
– vdda_value = 3.3 + (vdda_output_code - vdda_output_mean_code)*slope_vdda_sensor  
– vdd1p0_value = 1.0 + (vdd1p0_output_code - vdd1p0_ouput_mean_code)*slope_vdd1p0_sensor  
– vddio_calculated = 3.3 + (vddio_ouput_code - vddio_output_mean_code)*slope_vddio_sensor  
– temperature_calculated = 25 + (temperature_output_code -  
temperature_output_mean_code)*slope_temperature_sensor  
Table 8-3. Sensor Select Table  
Register[0x0468]  
Sensor Selected To Read-out  
VDDA Voltage Sensor  
VDD1P0 Voltage Sensor  
VDDIO Voltage Sensor  
Temperature Sensor  
0x1920  
0x2920  
0x3920  
0x4920  
Table 8-4. Sensor's Constant Values  
Constant  
Value (in decimal)  
vdda_output_mean_code  
slope_vdda3p3_sensor  
vdd1p0_output_mean_code  
slope_vdd1p0_sensor  
vddio_output_mean_code  
slope_vddio_sensor  
128  
8.63014e-3  
93  
2.85714e-3  
224  
15.686e-3  
161  
temperature_output_mean_code  
slope_temperature_sensor  
1.5  
Note  
Accuracy of temperature sensor can be maximized (7.5degreeC), if customer can sample  
"temperature_output_code" at 25C and use it as "temperature_output_mean_code".  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
36  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.1.5 Electrostatic Discharge Sensing  
Electrostatic discharge is a serious issue for electronic circuits and if not properly mitigated can create short-term  
issues (signal integrity, link drops, packet loss) as well as long-term reliability faults. The DP83TG720R-Q1 has  
robust integrated ESD circuitry and offers an ESD sensing architecture. ESD events can be detected on MDI  
pins for further analysis and debug.  
The ESD sensing tool is useful for both prototyping and end-applications. Additionally, the DP83TG720R-Q1  
provides an interrupt status flag; when an ESD event is logged in the register<0x0442>. Hardware and software  
resets are ignored by the ESDS register to prevent unwarranted clearing.  
Table 8-5. ESD Sensing : Interrupt Setting and Count Reading  
Function  
Required Read/Write  
Interrupt Enable  
Write register<0x0012>[3] = 1  
ESD Event Counter  
Read register<0x0442>[14:9]  
Value in decimal indicates the ESD strikes since power-up.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
37  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.2 Compliance Test Modes  
The six test modes for the DP83TG720R-Q1 are compliant to IEEE 802.3bp, Sub-clause 97.5.2. Supported test  
modes allow testing of the transmitter waveform Power Spectral Density (PSD) mask, distortion, MDI Master  
jitter, MDI Slave jitter, droop, transmitter frequency, frequency tolerance, BER monitoring, return loss, and mode  
conversion. Any of the three GPIOs can be used to output TX_TCLK for MDI Slave jitter measurement.  
8.3.2.1 Test Mode 1  
Test mode 1 tests the transmitter clock jitter when linked to a partner. In test mode 1, the DP83TG720R-Q1  
PHYs are connected over link segment defined in section 97.6 within IEEE 802.3bp. TX_TCLK125 is a divided  
clock derived from TX_TCLK, which is one sixth the frequency.  
8.3.2.2 Test Mode 2  
Test mode 2 tests the transmitter MDI Master mode jitter. In test mode 2, the DP83TG720R-Q1 will transmit a  
continuous pattern of three {+1} symbols followed by three {-1} symbols. The transmitted symbols are timed from  
the 750-MHz source, which results in a 125-MHz signal.  
8.3.2.3 Test Mode 4  
Test mode 4 tests the transmitter distortion. In test mode 4, the DP83TG720R-Q1 will transmit the sequence of  
symbols generated by Equation 1:  
g(x) = 1 + x9 + x11  
(1)  
The bit sequences, x0n and x1n, are generated from combinations of the scrambler in accordance to and :  
'x0n = Scrn[0]  
(2)  
(3)  
(4)  
x1n = Scrn[1] ^ Scrn[4]  
x2n = Scrn[1] ^ Scrn[5]  
Example streams of the 3-bit nibbles are shown in Table 8-6.  
Table 8-6. Transmitter Test Mode 4 Symbol Mapping  
x2n  
0
x1n  
x0n  
T1n  
T0n  
-1  
0
0
-1  
0
0
1
0
-1  
0
1
0
-1  
0
0
1
1
-1  
+1  
0
1
0
0
+1  
+1  
+1  
0
1
0
1
-1  
1
1
0
+1  
+1  
1
1
1
8.3.2.4 Test Mode 5  
Test mode 5 tests the transmitter PSD mask. In test mode 5, the DP83TG720R-Q1 will transmit normal Inter-  
Frame IDLE PAM3 symbols.  
8.3.2.5 Test Mode 6  
Test mode 6 tests the transmitter droop. In test mode 6, the DP83TG720R-Q1 transmits fifteen {+1} symbols  
followed by fifteen {-1} symbols with symbol transmission at 750-MHz. This 25-MHz pattern is repeated  
continuously until the test mode is disabled.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
38  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.3.2.6 Test Mode 7  
Test mode 7 enabled bit error rate measurement on a link segment. This mode uses zero data pattern on the  
MDI to check BER by comparing an expected zero data pattern to any non-zero bit received. Error checking is  
performed after FEC and 80B/81B decoding.  
Table 8-7. Test Mode Register Setting  
MMD  
Register  
Value  
Test Mode  
MMD1  
0x0904  
0x2000  
Test Mode 1 : Tx_Tclk 125MHz is  
routed to clkout pin.  
MMD1  
MMD1  
MMD1F  
MMD1  
MMD1  
MMD1  
0x0904  
0x0904  
0x0453  
0x0904  
0x0904  
0x0904  
0x4000  
0x8000  
0x0019  
0xA000  
0xC000  
0xE000  
Test Mode 2  
Test Mode 4 : Tx_Tclk 125MHz is  
routed to clkout pin.  
Test Mode 5  
Test Mode 6  
Test Mode 7  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
39  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4 Device Functional Modes  
State Change #3  
State Change #4  
Normal  
PHY Enabled  
Sleep  
State  
Change #1  
State  
Change #2  
Standby  
PHY Disabled  
RESET_N = HIGH  
and  
POR = complete  
RESET_N = LOW  
and Power-on  
Power-on  
Power-off  
Reset  
PHY Disabled  
Power-off  
PHY Disabled  
Standby/Normal  
From any state  
Figure 8-11. PHY Operation State Diagram  
8.4.1 Power Down  
When VDDA3P3 or VDDIO or VDD1P0 is below the POR threshold, the DP83TG720R-Q1 is in a power-down  
state. All digital IOs will remain in high impedance state and analog blocks are disabled. PMA termination is not  
present when in power-down.  
8.4.2 Reset  
Reset is activated upon power-up, when RESET_N is pulled LOW (for the minimum reset pulse time) or if  
hardware reset is initiated by setting bit[15] in the register[0x001F].  
Digital state machine restarts after reset and all the register settings are cleared to the boot-up state.  
25MHz clock on clkout pin will remain active during reset state also.  
MDI/PMA will not have termination during reset state.  
Note  
Straps are re-latched only with pin reset and not by hardware reset through register (register  
[0x001F] = x8000.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
40  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4.3 Standby  
The device (MDI Master mode or MDI Slave mode) automatically enters into standby post power-up and reset so  
long that the device is bootstrapped for managed operation.  
In standby, all PHY functions are operational except for PCS and PMA blocks. Link establishment is not possible  
in standby and data cannot be transmitted or received. SMI functions are operational and register configurations  
are maintained.  
If the device is configured for autonomous operation through bootstrap setting, the PHY automatically switches  
to normal operation once powered on and reset complete.  
8.4.4 Normal  
Normal mode can be entered from either autonomous or managed operation. When in autonomous operation,  
the PHY will automatically try to establish link with a valid Link Partner once powered on.  
In managed operation, SMI access is required to allow the device to exit standby; commands issued through  
the SMI allow the device to exit standby and enables both the PCS and PMA blocks. All device features are  
operational in normal mode.  
Autonomous operation can be enabled through SMI access by setting bit[6] in register 0x18B.  
8.4.5 Sleep  
Once in sleep mode, all PHY blocks are disabled except for energy detection. All register configurations are  
lost in sleep mode. No link can be established, data cannot be transmitted or received and SMI access is not  
available when in sleep mode.  
To use sleep mode of PHY refer to implementation highlighted in following figure.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
41  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
GND  
5
22  
21  
20  
19  
VDDIO  
TX_CLK  
TX_CTRL  
TX_D3  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
DNC  
DNC  
VDD1P0  
Power Management  
CLKOUT / GPIO_2  
RX_CTRL  
STRAP_1  
TRD_M  
Module  
TX_D2  
VDDA  
_D1 / TX_P  
_D0 / TX_M  
VDDIO  
Enable  
Enable = 0 -> VDDIO, VDD1P0, VDDA -> Power  
Enable = 1 -> VDDIO, VDD1P0, VDDA -> Power  
TRD_P  
0 / GPIO_0  
MDIO  
VDDASleep mode -> INH = 0  
Out of sleep -> INH = 1 (3.3V)  
INH  
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
GND  
Vsleep source = 3.3V;  
Always on : Sleep or Functional mode  
Figure 8-12. Required Implementation for Sleep Mode  
Note  
Phy will not go into sleep mode if supply sources are not disabled as per above figure.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
42  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4.6 State Transitions  
8.4.6.1 State Transition #1 - Standby to Normal  
Autonomous Operation: The PHY will automatically transition to Normal state upon POR completion.  
Managed Operation: The PHY will transition to Normal state out of Standby only after writing register <0x018C>  
= 0x001.  
8.4.6.2 State Transition #2 - Normal to Standby  
The PHY can be forced back into Standby when in Normal state by writing register <0x018C> = 0x0010.  
8.4.6.3 State Transition #3 - Normal to Sleep  
Sleep state can be entered either locally (pin/register-write) or by remote link-partner.  
Local sleep entry for Master mode phy :  
Step 1 : Write bit[7] = 'b1 of register[0x018B].  
Step 2 : Make "wake" pin low and hold it low for sleep mode.  
Local sleep entry for Slave mode phy :  
Step 1 : Write bit[8] = 'b0 of register[0x018B] register.  
Step 2 : Write bit[7] = 'b1 of register[0x018B] register.  
Step 3 : Make "wake" pin low and hold it low for sleep mode.  
Remote sleep entry for Master mode phy :  
Master mode phy can not be made to enter sleep mode by link-partner  
Remote sleep entry for Slave mode phy :  
Step 1 : Write bit[7] = 'b1 of register[0x018B] register.  
Step 2 : Phy will go into sleep mode with loss of energy on line (when master will go quite : no data, no  
send-s).This can be achieved by putting link-partner in managed mode (where device is not allowed to start  
link-up sequence).  
Note  
Phy will go into sleep mode only if power supplies are disconnected using INH signal as shown in  
figure Required Implementation for Sleep Mode.  
8.4.6.4 State Transition #4 - Sleep to Normal  
Sleep state can be exited either locally (pin/register-write) or by remote link-partner.  
Local Sleep Exit  
Local sleep exit for Master mode PHY by :  
Making "wake" pin high (3.3V).  
Local sleep exit for Slave mode PHY by :  
Making "wake" pin high (3.3V).  
Remote Sleep Exit  
Device can be made to exit the sleep mode by link-partner by either of the following :  
1. Remote sleep exit using Send-S symbols from link-partner.  
2. Remote sleep exit using Send-T symbols from link-partner  
Details of these procedures are in the following table :  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
43  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-8. Remote Sleep Exit Procedures  
Method  
Device  
Mode  
Procedure  
Required Link-partner  
Cabability  
Using Send-S  
Master  
Step 1 : Start IEEE defined Send-S pattern from link-partner for  
atleast 1.25ms.  
Link-partner needs to have a  
mode to send Send-S pattern  
on demand in Slave mode  
also.  
Step 2 : Put link-partner in the normal mode to start the link-up.  
Note : Link-partner with low VOD may limit the remote wake-up  
upto a maximum of 5m cable.  
One possible way is :  
Step 1 : Put link-partner  
in master mode for atleast  
1.25ms.  
Step 2 : Put link-partner in  
normal mode to start the link-  
up  
Slave  
Step 1 : Start IEEE defined Send-S pattern from link-partner for  
atleast 1.25ms.  
Any IEEE compliant link-  
partner will work, as  
Step 2 : Put link-partner in the normal mode to start the link-up.  
Note : Link-partner with low VOD may limit the remote wake-up  
upto a maximum of 5m cable.  
master mode link-partner is  
supposed to send Send-S  
signals to start the link-up  
Note : To keep the slave mode DP83TG720 in sleep mode, link-  
partner can be put in managed mode (where device is not allowed  
to start link-up sequence).  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
44  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-8. Remote Sleep Exit Procedures (continued)  
Method  
Device  
Mode  
Procedure  
Required Link-partner  
Cabability  
Using Send-T  
Master  
Step 1 : Enable Send-T pattern on link-partner for atleast 1.25ms.  
Step 2 : Put link-partner in the normal mode to start the link-up.  
Link-partner needs to have a  
mode to send Send-T pattern  
on demand.  
Swing during Send-T mode  
at pins of link-partner should  
be greater than 0.92V for  
remote wake-up over 15m  
cable. Link-partner with lower  
VOD may limit the remote  
wake-up to 5m cable.  
DP83T720 as link-partner  
can do the required with  
following steps :  
Step 1 : Enable  
Send-T pattern on  
DP83TG720 link-partner :  
write reg[0x0405]=0x7400;  
reg[0x0509]=0x4007 and  
reg[0x0576]=0x0500  
Step 2 : After 100ms  
disable send-T pattern on  
DP83TG720 link-partner :  
write reg[0x0405]=x5800;  
reg[0x0509]=0x4005 and  
reg[0x0576]=0x0000  
Slave  
Step 1 : Enable Send-T pattern on link-partner for atleast 1.25ms.  
Step 2 : Put link-partner in the normal mode to start the link-up.  
Link-partner needs to have a  
mode to send Send-T pattern  
on demand.  
Swing during Send-T mode  
at pins of link-partner should  
be greater than 0.92V for  
remote wake-up over 15m  
cable. Link-partner with lower  
VOD may limit the remote  
wake-up to 5m cable.  
DP83T720 as link-partner  
can do the required with  
following steps :  
Step 1 : Enable  
Send-T pattern on  
DP83TG720 link-partner :  
write reg[0x0405]=0x7400;  
reg[0x0509]=0x4007 and  
reg[0x0576]=0x0500  
Step 2 : After 100ms  
disable send-T pattern on  
DP83TG720 link-partner :  
write reg[0x0405]=x5800;  
reg[0x0509]=0x4005 and  
reg[0x0576]=0x0000  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
45  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4.7 Media Dependent Interface  
8.4.7.1 MDI Master and MDI Slave Configuration  
MDI Master and MDI Slave are configured using either hardware bootstraps or through register access.  
LED_0 controls the MDI Master and MDI Slave bootstrap configuration. By default, MDI Slave mode is  
configured because there is an internal pulldown resistor on LED_0 pin. If MDI Master mode configuration  
through hardware bootstrap is preferred, an external pullup resistor is required.  
Additionally, bit[14] in the PMA_CTRL2 egister controls the MDI Master and MDI Slave configuration. When this  
bit is set, MDI Master mode is enabled.  
8.4.7.2 Auto-Polarity Detection and Correction  
During the link training process, the DP83TG720R-Q1 as MDI receiver is able to detect polarity reversal and  
automatically correct for the error. Both master and slave detects can do the required correction in the receiver  
polarity.  
Refer to register 0x055B to control the polarity of the PHY's transmitter as required by application. Transmitter  
polarity can be controlled independent of the received polarity.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
46  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4.8 MAC Interfaces  
8.4.8.1 Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 also supports Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface (RGMII) as specified by  
RGMII version 2.0. RGMII is designed to reduce the number of pins required to connect MAC and PHY. To  
accomplish this goal, the control signals are multiplexed. Both rising and falling edges of the clock are used  
to sample the control signal pin on transmit and receive paths. For 1-Gbps operation, RX_CLK and TX_CLK  
operate at 125 MHz.  
The RGMII signals are summarized in Table 8-9:  
Table 8-9. RGMII Signals  
FUNCTION  
PINS  
TX_D[3:0]  
RX_D[3:0]  
TX_CTRL  
RX_CTRL  
TX_CLK  
Data Signals  
Control Signals  
Clock Signals  
RX_CLK  
TX_CLK  
TX_CTRL  
TX_D[3:0]  
RX_CLK  
PHY  
MAC  
RX_CTRL  
RX_D[3:0]  
25-MHz Crystal or  
CMOS-level  
Oscillator  
Figure 8-13. RGMII Connections  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
47  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-10. RGMII Transmit Encoding  
TX_CTRL  
(POSITIVE EDGE)  
TX_CTRL  
(NEGATIVE EDGE)  
TX_D[3:0]  
DESCRIPTION  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0000 through 1111  
0000 through 1111  
0000 through 1111  
0000 through 1111  
Normal Inter-Frame  
Reserved  
Normal Data Transmission  
Transmit Error Propagation  
Table 8-11. RGMII Receive Encoding  
RX_CTRL  
(POSITIVE EDGE)  
RX_CTRL  
(NEGATIVE EDGE)  
RX_D[3:0]  
DESCRIPTION  
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0000 through 1111  
0000 through 1101  
1110  
Normal Inter-Frame  
Reserved  
False Carrier Indication  
Reserved  
1111  
0000 through 1111  
0000 through 1111  
Normal Data Reception  
Data Reception with Errors  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 supports in-band status indication to help simplify link status detection. Inter-frame  
signals on RX_D[3:0] pins as specified in Table 8-12.  
Table 8-12. RGMII In-Band Status  
RX_CTRL  
RX_D3  
RX_D[2:1]  
RX_D0  
RX_CLK Clock Speed:  
00 = 2.5 MHz  
0
Duplex Status:  
0 = Half-Duplex  
1 = Full-Duplex  
Link Status:  
0 = Link not established  
1 = Valid link established  
Note:  
01 = 25 MHz  
In-band status is only valid when  
RX_CTRL is low  
10 = 125 MHz  
11 = Reserved  
RGMII MAC Interface for Gigabit Ethernet has stringent timing requirements to meet system level performance.  
To meet these timing requirements and to operate with different MACs over RGMII, it is advised to take the  
following requirements into consideration when designing PCB. It is also recommended to check board level  
signal integrity by using the DP83TG720 IBIS model.  
RGMII-TX Requirements  
RGMII TX signals should be routed on board with control impedance of 50Ohm +/-15%.  
Max routing length should be limited to 5inch for better signal integrity performance.  
Figure 8-14 shows a RGMII interface requirements for TX* signals. MAC RGMII driver output impedance  
should be 50Ohm+/-20%.  
Skew for all RGMII TX signals at TP2, in Figure 8-14, should be <±500ps.  
Signal Integrity at TP1 and TP2, in Figure 8-14, should be verified with IBIS model simulation and ensured  
conformance to following requirements:  
– At TP2, signal should meet rise/fall time of 1ns (20-80%) of signal amplitude.  
– Rise/fall time should be monotonic between VIH/VIL level at TP2.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
48  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Trace characteristics:  
Zo = 50( 15%)  
Max. length < 5inch  
TP2  
TP1  
MAC RGMII TX  
PHY RGMII TX  
Figure 8-14. RGMII TX Requirements  
RGMII-RX Requirements  
RGMII RX signals should be routed on board with control impedance of 50Ohm +/-15%.  
Max routing length should be limited to 5inch for better signal integrity performance.  
No damping resistors should be added at TP3/TP4, in Figure 8-15, as that will impact signal integrity of RX  
signals.  
Figure 8-15 shows a RGMII interface requirements for RX* signals. MAC RGMII driver output impedance  
should be 50Ohm+/-20%.  
Signal Integrity at TP3 and TP4, in Figure 8-15, should be verified with IBIS model simulation and ensured  
conformance to following requirements:  
– At TP4, signal should meet rise/fall time of 1ns (20-80%) of signal amplitude.  
– Rise/fall time should be monotonic between VIH/VIL level at TP4.  
Trace characteristics:  
Zo = 50( 15%)  
Max. length < 5inch  
TP4  
TP3  
PHY RGMII RX  
MAC RGMII RX  
Figure 8-15. RGMII RX Requirements  
Note  
1. We recommend routing RGMII on buried traces to minimize EMC emissions.  
2. Buried traces should be connected with via placement as close as possible to the PHY and MAC.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
49  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4.9 Serial Management Interface  
The Serial Management Interface provides access to the DP83TG720R-Q1 internal register space for status  
information and configuration. The SMI is compatible with IEEE 802.3 clause 22. The implemented register  
set consists of the registers required by the IEEE 802.3 plus several others to provide additional visibility and  
controllability of the DP83TG720R-Q1.  
The SMI includes the management clock (MDC) and the management input and output data pin (MDIO). MDC  
is sourced by the external management entity, also called Station (STA). MDC is not expected to be continuous,  
and can be turned off by the external management entity when the bus is idle.  
MDIO is sourced by the external management entity and by the PHY. The data on the MDIO pin is latched on the  
rising edge of the MDC. MDIO pin requires a pullup resistor (2.2 KΩ), which pulls MDIO high during IDLE and  
turnaround.  
Up to 9 DP83TG720R-Q1 PHYs can share a common SMI bus. To distinguish between the PHYs, a 3-bit  
address is used. During power-up-reset, the DP83TG720R-Q1 latches the PHY_AD configuration pins to  
determine its address.  
The management entity must not start an SMI transaction in the first cycle after power-up-reset. To maintain  
valid operation, the SMI bus must remain inactive at least one MDC cycle after hard reset is deasserted. In  
normal MDIO transactions, the register address is taken directly from the management-frame reg_addr field,  
thus allowing direct access to 32 16-bit registers (including those defined in IEEE 802.3 and vendor specific).  
The data field is used for both reading and writing. The Start code is indicated by a <01> pattern. This pattern  
makes sure that the MDIO line transitions from the default idle line state. Turnaround is defined as an idle  
bit time inserted between the Register Address field and the Data field. To avoid contention during a read  
transaction, no device may actively drive the MDIO signal during the first bit of turnaround. The addressed  
DP83TG720R-Q1 drives the MDIO with a zero for the second bit of turnaround and follows this with the required  
data.  
For write transactions, the station-management entity writes data to the addressed DP83TG720R-Q1, thus  
eliminating the requirement for MDIO Turnaround. The turnaround time is filled by the management entity by  
inserting <10>.  
Table 8-13. SMI Protocol Structure  
SMI PROTOCOL  
Read Operation  
Write Operation  
<idle> <start> <op code> <device address> <reg address> <turnaround> <data> <idle>  
<idle><01><10><AAAAA><RRRRR><Z0><XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX><idle>  
<idle><01><01><AAAAA><RRRRR><10><XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX><idle>  
8.4.10 Direct Register Access  
Direct register access can be used for the first 31 registers (0x0h through 0x1Fh).  
8.4.11 Extended Register Space Access  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 SMI function supports read and write access to the extended register set using registers  
REGCR (0x000Dh) and ADDAR (0x000Eh) and the MDIO Manageable Device (MMD) indirect method defined in  
IEEE 802.3ah Draft for Clause 22 for accessing the Clause 45 extended register set.  
REGCR (0x000Dh) is the MDIO Manageable MMD access control. In general, register REGCR[4:0] is the device  
address DEVAD that directs any accesses of ADDAR (0x000Eh) register to the appropriate MMD.  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 supports 4 MMD device addresses. The 4 MMD register spaces are:  
1. DEVAD[4:0] = 11111 (0x1F) is used for IEEE defined registers (0x00 to 0x1F) and vendor specific registers.  
This register space is called MMD1F  
2. DEVAD[4:0] = 00001 (0x01) is used for 1000BASE-T1 PMA MMD register accesses. This register space is  
called MMD1.  
3. DEVAD[4:0] = 00011 (0x03) is used for vendor specific registers. This register space is called MMD3  
4. DEVAD[4:0] = 00111 (0x07) is used for vendor specific registers. This register space is called MMD7  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
50  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-14. MMD Register Space Division  
MMD Register Space  
MMD1F  
Register Address Range  
0x000 - 0x0EFD  
MMD1  
0x1000 - 0x1904  
MMD3  
0x3000 - 0x390D  
0x7000 - 0x7200  
MMD7  
Note  
For MMD1/3/7, most significant nibble of the register address is used to denote the respective  
MMD space. This should be ignored during actual register access operation. For example to  
access register 0x1904 use 0x0904 as the register address and x01 as the MMD.  
All accesses through register REGCR and ADDAR must use the correct DEVAD. Transactions with other  
DEVADs are ignored. REGCR[15:14] holds the access function: address (00), data with no post increment (01),  
data with post increment on read and writes (10) and data with post increment on writes only (11).  
ADDAR is the address and data MMD register. ADDAR is used in conjunction with REGCR to provide the  
access to the extended register set. If register REGCR[15:14] is (00), then ADDAR holds the address of  
the extended address space register. Otherwise, ADDAR holds the data as indicated by the contents of  
its address register. When REGCR[15:14] is set to (00), accesses to register ADDAR modify the extended  
register set address register. This address register must always be initialized in order to access any of the  
registers within the extended register set.  
When REGCR[15:14] is set to (01), accesses to register ADDAR access the register within the extended  
register set selected by the value in the address register.  
When REGCR[15:14] is set to (10), access to register ADDAR access the register within the extended  
register set selected by the value in the address register. After that access is complete, for both reads and  
writes, the value in the address register is incremented.  
When REGCR[15:14] is set to (11), access to register ADDAR access the register within the extended  
register set selected by the value in the address register. After that access is complete, for write access  
only, the value in the address register is incremented. For read accesses, the value of the address register  
remains unchanged.  
The following sections describe how to perform operations on the extended register set using register REGCR  
and ADDAR.  
8.4.12 Write Address Operation  
To set the address register:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the register address to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent writes to register ADDAR (step 2) continue to write the address register.  
8.4.12.1 Example - Write Address Operation  
For writing register addresses within MMD1 field:  
1. Write the value 0x0001 (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the register address to register ADDAR.  
8.4.13 Read Address Operation  
To read the address register:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
2. Read the register address from register ADDAR.  
Subsequent reads to register ADDAR (step 2) continue to read the address register.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
51  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.4.13.1 Example - Read Address Operation  
For reading register addresses within MMD1 field:  
1. Write the value 0x0001 (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
2. Read the register address from register ADDAR.  
8.4.14 Write Operation (No Post Increment)  
To write a register in the extended register set:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x401F (data, no post increment function field = 01, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
4. Write the content of the desired extended register set to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent writes to register ADDAR (step 4) continue to rewrite the register selected by the value in the  
address register.  
Note  
Steps (1) and (2) can be skipped if the address register was previously configured.  
8.4.14.1 Example - Write Operation (No Post Increment)  
To write a register in the MMD1 extended register set:  
1. Write the value 0x0001 (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x4001 (data, no post increment function field = 01, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
4. Write the content of the desired extended register set to register ADDAR.  
8.4.15 Read Operation (No Post Increment)  
To read a register in the extended register set:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x401F (data, no post increment function field = 01, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
4. Read the content of the desired extended register set in register ADDAR.  
Subsequent reads to register ADDAR (step 4) continue to reading the register selected by the value in the  
address register.  
Note  
Steps (1) and (2) can be skipped if the address register was previously configured.  
8.4.15.1 Example - Read Operation (No Post Increment)  
To read a register in the MMD1 extended register set:  
1. Write the value 0x0001 (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x4001 (data, no post increment function field = 01, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
4. Read the content of the desired extended register set in register ADDAR.  
8.4.16 Write Operation (Post Increment)  
To write a register in the extended register set with post increment:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
52  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
3. Write the value 0x801F (data, post increment function field = 10, DEVAD = '11111') or the value 0xC01F  
(data, post increment on writes function field = 11, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
4. Write the content of the desired extended register set to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent writes to register ADDAR (step 4) write the next higher addressed data register selected by the  
value of the address register; the address register is incremented after each access.  
8.4.16.1 Example - Write Operation (Post Increment)  
To write a register in the MMD1 extended register set with post increment:  
1. Write the value 0x0001 (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x8001 (data, post increment function field = 10, DEVAD = '00001') or the value 0xC001  
(data, post increment on writes function field = 11, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
4. Write the content of the desired extended register set to register ADDAR.  
8.4.17 Read Operation (Post Increment)  
To read a register in the extended register set and automatically increment the address register to the next  
higher value following the write operation:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x801F (data, post increment function field = 10, DEVAD = '11111') to register REGCR.  
4. Read the content of the desired extended register set in register ADDAR.  
Subsequent reads to register ADDAR (step 4) read the next higher addressed data register selected by the  
value of the address register; the address register is incremented after each access.  
8.4.17.1 Example - Read Operation (Post Increment)  
To read a register in the MMD1 extended register set and automatically increment the address register to the  
next higher value following the write operation:  
1. Write the value 0x0001 (address function field = 00, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x8001 (data, post increment function field = 10, DEVAD = '00001') to register REGCR.  
4. Read the content of the desired extended register set in register ADDAR.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
53  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.5 Programming  
8.5.1 Strap Configuration  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 uses functional pins as strap options to place the device into specific modes of operation.  
The values of these pins are sampled at power up and hardware reset (through either the RESET_N pin or  
register access). The strap pins support 2-levels and 3-levels, which are described in greater detail below.  
Configuration of the device may be done through strapping or through serial management interface.  
Note  
Because strap pins are functional pins after reset is deasserted, they should not be connected  
directly to VCC or GND.  
Pull up strap resistors are sufficient to enter different strap modes.  
Pull down strap resistor can have application for LED pin straps. Refer to LED Configuration  
section.  
VDDIO  
RH  
Rpull-down  
Figure 8-16. Strap Circuit  
Table 8-15. Recommended 3-level Strap Resistor Ratios  
IDEAL RH (kΩ)1  
IDEAL RH (kΩ)2  
IDEAL RH (kΩ)1  
for VDDIO = 1.8V  
MODE  
for VDDIO = 3.3 V  
for VDDIO = 2.5 V  
1
2
3
OPEN  
13  
OPEN  
12  
OPEN  
4
4.5  
2
0.8  
1. 10% resistor accuracy  
2. 1% resistor accuracy  
Table 8-16. Recommended 2-level Strap Resistor  
MODE  
IDEAL RH (kΩ)12  
1
2
OPEN  
2.49  
1. 10% resistor accuracy  
2. To gain more margin in customer application for 1.8V VDDIO, either 2.1K+/-10% pull-up can be used or  
resistor accuracy of 2.49K resistor can be limited to 1%.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
54  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
The following table describes the DP83TG720R-Q1 configuration bootstraps:  
Table 8-17. 2-level Bootstraps  
PIN NAME  
RX_D0  
PIN NO.  
26  
STRAP MODE  
1 (default)  
2
STRAP FUNCTION  
DESCRIPTION  
MAC[0] = 0  
MAC Interface Selection  
[0]. Refer to Table 8-18 for  
full description.  
MAC[0] = 1  
RX_D1  
RX_D2  
LED_0  
LED_1  
25  
24  
1
1 (default)  
2
MAC[1] = 0  
MAC[1] = 1  
MAC Interface Selection  
[1]. Refer to Table 8-18 for  
full description.  
1 (default)  
2
MAC[2] = 0  
MAC[2] = 1  
MAC Interface Selection  
[2]. Refer to Table 8-18 for  
full description.  
1 (default)  
2
MS = 0  
MS = 1  
MDI Master Slave Select.  
MS = 0 Slave  
MS = 1 Master  
6
1 (default)  
2
AUTO = 0  
AUTO = 1  
Autonomous Disable  
AUTO = 0 Autonomous  
AUTO = 1 Managed  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
55  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-18. MAC Interface Selection Bootstraps  
MAC[2]  
MAC[1]  
MAC[0]  
DESCRIPTION  
0
0
0
RESERVED  
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RGMII (Align Mode)  
RGMII (TX Shift Mode)  
RGMII (TX and RX Shift Mode)  
RGMII (RX Shift Mode)  
Table 8-19. 3-Level Bootstrap: PHY Address  
RX_CTRL  
STRAP MODE  
STRP_1  
STRAP MODE  
PHY_AD[3:0]  
DESCRIPTION  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
1
-
1
-
PHY Address: 0x0000 (0)  
RESERVED  
-
-
RESERVED  
-
-
RESERVED  
2
3
-
1
1
-
PHY Address: 0x0004 (4)  
PHY Address: 0x0005 (5)  
RESERVED  
-
-
RESERVED  
1
-
2
-
PHY Address: 0x0008 (8)  
RESERVED  
1
-
3
-
PHY Address: 0x000A (10)  
RESERVED  
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
PHY Address: 0x000C (12)  
PHY Address: 0x000D (13)  
PHY Address: 0x000E (14)  
PHY Address: 0x000F (15)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
56  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.5.2 LED Configuration  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 supports up to three configurable Light Emitting Diode (LED) pins: LED_0, LED_1, and  
LED_2 (CLKOUT). Several functions can be multiplexed onto the LEDs for different modes of operation. LED  
operations are selected using registers 0x0450 and 0x0451.  
Note  
CLKOUT has 25MHz clock output as default. If required, it can be configured to LED2 using register  
0x0453.  
Because the LED output pins are also used as strap pins, external components required for strapping and  
the user must consider the LED usage to avoid contention. Specifically, when the LED outputs are used to  
drive LEDs directly, the active state of each output driver is dependent on the logic level sampled by the  
corresponding input upon power up or hardware reset.  
Figure 8-17 shows the two proper ways of connecting LEDs directly to the DP83TG720R-Q1.  
Pull-Down  
VDDIO  
Strap Pin  
RCL  
D1  
RP  
RP  
D1  
RCL  
Pull-Up  
Strap Pin  
Figure 8-17. Example Strap Connections  
8.5.3 PHY Address Configuration  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 can be set to respond to any of 9 possible PHY addresses through bootstrap pins.  
The PHY address is latched into the device upon power-up or hardware reset. Each DP83TG720R-Q1 or port  
sharing PHY on the serial management bus in the system must have a unique PHY address. The DP83TG720R-  
Q1 supports PHY address as described in Table 8-19.  
By default, the DP83TG720R-Q1 will latch to a PHY address of 0 ([0000]). This address can be changed by  
adding pullup resistors to bootstrap pins found in Table 8-17.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
57  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6 Register Maps  
8.6.1 Register Access Summary  
There are two different methods for accessing registers within the field. Direct register access method is only  
allowed for the first 31 registers (0x0h through 0x1Fh) of MMD1F register space. Registers beyond 0x1Fh must  
be accessed by use of the Indirect Method (Extended Register Space) described in Section 8.4.11.  
Table 8-20. MMD Register Space Division  
MMD REGISTER SPACE  
REGISTER ADDRESS RANGE  
MMD1F  
MMD1  
MMD3  
MMD7  
0x000 - 0x0EFD  
0x1000 - 0x1904  
0x3000 - 0x390D  
0x7000 - 0x7200  
Table 8-21. Register Access Summary  
REGISTER FIELD  
REGISTER ACCESS METHODS  
Direct Access  
Indirect Access, MMD1F = '11111'  
Example: to read register 0x17h in MMD1F field with no post increment  
Step 1) write 0x1Fh to register 0xDh  
0x0h through 0x1Fh  
Step 2) write 0x17h to register 0xEh  
Step 3) write 0x401Fh to register 0xDh  
Step 4) read register 0xEh  
Indirect Access, MMD1F = '11111'  
Example: to read register 0x462h in MMD1F field with no post increment  
Step 1) write 0x1Fh to register 0xDh  
MMD1F Field  
0x20h - 0xFFFh  
Step 2) write 0x462h to register 0xEh  
Step 3) write 0x401Fh to register 0xDh  
Step 4) read register 0xEh  
Indirect Access, MMD1 = '00001'  
Example: to read register 0x7h in MMD1 field with no post increment  
Step 1) write 0x1h to register 0xDh  
MMD1 Field  
0x0000h - 0x0FFFh  
Step 2) write 0x7h to register 0xEh  
Step 3) write 0x4001h to register 0xDh  
Step 4) read register 0xEh  
8.6.2 Register Map  
Table 8-22. DP83TG720 Access Type Codes  
Access Type  
Read Type  
R
Code  
Description  
R
Read  
Write  
Write Type  
W
W
W0C  
W
Write  
0C  
0 to clear  
W0S  
W
Write  
0S  
0 to set  
WMC  
W
W
W
W
W
Write with manual clear to default (refer to register description to  
know about the clearing event)  
WMC,0  
WMC,1  
WSC  
Write with manual clear to 0 (refer to register description to know  
about the clearing event)  
Write with manual clear to 1 (refer to register description to know  
about the clearing event)  
Write with self clear to default (written value be cleared  
automatically)  
WSC,0  
Write with self clear to 0  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
58  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-22. DP83TG720 Access Type Codes (continued)  
Access Type  
Code  
Description  
Reset or Default Value  
-n  
Value after reset or the default value  
8.6.2.1 DP83TG720 Registers  
Table 8-23 lists the DP83TG720 registers. All register offset addresses not listed in Table 8-23 should be  
considered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modified.  
Table 8-23. DP83TG720 Registers  
Offset  
0h  
Acronym  
Register Name  
Section  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
BMCR  
1h  
BMSR  
2h  
PHYID1  
3h  
PHYID2  
Dh  
REGCR  
Eh  
ADDAR  
10h  
MII_REG_10  
MII_REG_11  
MII_REG_12  
MII_REG_13  
MII_REG_16  
MII_REG_18  
MII_REG_19  
MII_REG_1E  
MII_REG_1F  
C_AND_S_STATUS  
PM_TOP_CFG  
CLK_CTRL_CFG  
LPS_CFG  
11h  
12h  
13h  
16h  
18h  
19h  
1Eh  
1Fh  
180h  
181h  
182h  
183h  
18Bh  
18Ch  
18Eh  
309h  
30Ah  
30Bh  
30Eh  
30Fh  
405h  
41Fh  
428h  
429h  
42Ah  
42Bh  
42Ch  
42Dh  
42Eh  
430h  
LPS_CFG2  
LPS_CFG3  
LPS_STATUS  
TDR_STATUS0  
TDR_STATUS1  
TDR_STATUS2  
TDR_STATUS5  
TDR_TC12  
A2D_REG_05  
A2D_REG_31  
A2D_REG_40  
A2D_REG_41  
A2D_REG_42  
A2D_REG_43  
A2D_REG_44  
A2D_REG_45  
A2D_REG_46  
A2D_REG_48  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
59  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-23. DP83TG720 Registers (continued)  
Offset  
442h  
450h  
451h  
452h  
453h  
454h  
455h  
456h  
457h  
458h  
459h  
45Ah  
45Dh  
45Eh  
466h  
467h  
468h  
46Ah  
47Bh  
509h  
50Ah  
514h  
515h  
518h  
519h  
531h  
543h  
544h  
545h  
547h  
548h  
559h  
55Ah  
55Bh  
55Ch  
561h  
573h  
580h  
581h  
600h  
601h  
602h  
608h  
609h  
60Ah  
Acronym  
Register Name  
Section  
A2D_REG_66  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
LEDS_CFG_1  
LEDS_CFG_2  
IO_MUX_CFG_1  
IO_MUX_CFG_2  
IO_CONTROL_1  
IO_CONTROL_2  
IO_CONTROL_3  
IO_STATUS_1  
IO_STATUS_2  
IO_CONTROL_4  
IO_CONTROL_5  
SOR_VECTOR_1  
SOR_VECTOR_2  
REV_ID  
MONITOR_CTRL1  
MONITOR_CTRL2  
MONITOR_CTRL4  
MONITOR_STAT1  
SYNC_LINK_CONTROL_CFG  
BREAK_LINK_TIMER  
LPS_CONTROL_1  
LPS_CONTROL_2  
MAXWAIT_TIMER  
PHY_CTRL_1G  
TEST_MODE  
LINK_QUAL_1  
LINK_QUAL_2  
LINK_DOWN_LATCH_STAT  
LINK_QUAL_3  
LINK_QUAL_4  
PMA_WATCHDOG  
DATA_SCR_CFG  
SYMB_POL_CFG  
OAM_CFG  
TEST_MEM_CFG  
FORCE_CTRL1  
MBIST_CTRL  
MBIST_STAT  
RGMII_CTRL  
RGMII_FIFO_STATUS  
RGMII_DELAY_CTRL  
SGMII_CTRL_1  
SGMII_EEE_CTRL_1  
SGMII_STATUS  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
60  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-23. DP83TG720 Registers (continued)  
Offset  
60Bh  
60Ch  
60Dh  
618h  
619h  
61Ah  
61Bh  
61Ch  
61Dh  
61Eh  
620h  
622h  
623h  
624h  
625h  
626h  
627h  
628h  
629h  
62Ah  
638h  
639h  
63Ah  
63Bh  
63Ch  
63Dh  
63Eh  
800h  
871h  
8ADh  
8EDh  
8EFh  
8F0h  
8F1h  
8F2h  
1000h  
Acronym  
Register Name  
Section  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
SGMII_EEE_CTRL_2  
SGMII_CTRL_2  
SGMII_FIFO_STATUS  
PRBS_STATUS_1  
PRBS_CTRL_1  
PRBS_CTRL_2  
PRBS_CTRL_3  
PRBS_STATUS_2  
PRBS_STATUS_3  
PRBS_STATUS_4  
PRBS_STATUS_6  
PRBS_STATUS_8  
PRBS_STATUS_9  
PRBS_CTRL_4  
PRBS_CTRL_5  
PRBS_CTRL_6  
PRBS_CTRL_7  
PRBS_CTRL_8  
PRBS_CTRL_9  
PRBS_CTRL_10  
CRC_STATUS  
PKT_STAT_1  
PKT_STAT_2  
PKT_STAT_3  
PKT_STAT_4  
PKT_STAT_5  
PKT_STAT_6  
DSP_REG_0  
SQI_REG_1  
SQI_1  
SQI_2  
SQI_3  
SQI_4  
SQI_5  
SQI_6  
PMA_PMD_CONTROL_1  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
1007h  
1009h  
100Bh  
PMA_PMD_CONTROL_2  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
Go  
Go  
Go  
PMA_PMD_TRANSMIT_DISABLE  
PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY2  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
61  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-23. DP83TG720 Registers (continued)  
Offset  
Acronym  
Register Name  
Section  
1012h  
PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
Go  
1834h  
1900h  
1901h  
1902h  
1903h  
1904h  
3000h  
3900h  
3901h  
3902h  
3904h  
3905h  
3906h  
3907h  
3908h  
3909h  
390Ah  
390Bh  
PMA_PMD_CONTROL  
PMA_CONTROL  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
PMA_STATUS  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
TRAINING  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
LP_TRAINING  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
TEST_MODE_CONTROL  
PCS_CONTROL_COPY  
PCS_CONTROL  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
PCS_STATUS  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
PCS_STATUS_2  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
OAM_TRANSMIT  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_1  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_2  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_3  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_4  
OAM_RECEIVE  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_1  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_2  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
62  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-23. DP83TG720 Registers (continued)  
Offset  
Acronym  
Register Name  
Section  
390Ch  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_3  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
Go  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
390Dh  
7200h  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_4  
AN_CFG  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
Go  
Go  
First nibble (0x7) in the register address is to indicated  
MMD register space.  
For register access, ignore the first nibble.  
8.6.2.1.1 BMCR Register (Offset = 0h) [Reset = 40h]  
BMCR is shown in Table 8-24.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-24. BMCR Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
mii_reset  
R/WMC  
0h  
1b = Digital in reset and all MII regs (0x0 - 0xF) reset to default 0b =  
No reset  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
loopback  
R/W  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
1h  
0h  
0h  
1b = MII loopback 0b = No MII loopback  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
power_down  
isolate  
Reserved  
R
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
R
1b = Power down via register or pin 0b = Normal mode  
1b = Isolate mode 0b = Normal mode  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
speed_sel_msb  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
Reserved  
8
R
Reserved  
7
R
Reserved  
6
R
0b= Reserved 1b= 1000 Mb/s  
Reserved  
5
R
4-0  
R
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.2 BMSR Register (Offset = 1h) [Reset = 141h]  
BMSR is shown in Table 8-25.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-25. BMSR Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
extended_status  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R
0h  
8
R
1h  
1b = Extended status information in Register 15 0b = No extended  
status information in Register 15  
7
unidirectional_ability  
R
0h  
Reserved  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
63  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-25. BMSR Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
6
preamble_supression  
R
1h  
1b = PHY will accept management frames with preamble  
suppressed. 0b = PHY will not accept management frames with  
preamble suppressed  
5
4
3
2
1
0
aneg_complete  
remote_fault  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
1h  
Reserved  
R/W0C  
R
Reserved  
aneg_ability  
Reserved  
link_status  
R/W0S  
R/W0C  
R
1b = link is up 0b = link down  
Reserved  
jabber_detect  
extended_capability  
1b = extended register capabilities 0b = basic register set capabilities  
only  
8.6.2.1.3 PHYID1 Register (Offset = 2h) [Reset = 2000h]  
PHYID1 is shown in Table 8-26.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-26. PHYID1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
oui_21_16  
R
2000h  
8.6.2.1.4 PHYID2 Register (Offset = 3h) [Reset = A284h]  
PHYID2 is shown in Table 8-27.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-27. PHYID2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-10  
9-4  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
28h  
28h  
4h  
Description  
oui_5_0  
R
model_number  
rev_number  
R
3-0  
R
8.6.2.1.5 REGCR Register (Offset = Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
REGCR is shown in Table 8-28.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-28. REGCR Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-14  
Extended Register  
Command  
R/W  
0h  
00b = Address 01b = Data, no post increment 10b = Data, post  
increment on read and write 11b = Data, post increment on write only  
13-5  
4-0  
RESERVED  
DEVAD  
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
8.6.2.1.6 ADDAR Register (Offset = Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
ADDAR is shown in Table 8-29.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
64  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-29. ADDAR Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
Address/Data  
R/W  
0h  
8.6.2.1.7 MII_REG_10 Register (Offset = 10h) [Reset = 4h]  
MII_REG_10 is shown in Table 8-30.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-30. MII_REG_10 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-11  
RESERVED  
signal_detect  
descr_lock_bit  
RESERVED  
mii_int_bit  
R
0h  
Reserved  
10  
9
R/W0S  
R/W0S  
R
0h  
1b = Channel ok is set 0b = Channel ok had been reset  
1b = Descrambler is locked 0b = Descrmabler had been locked  
Reserved  
0h  
8
0h  
7
0h  
1b = Interrupt pin had been set 0b = Interrupts pin not set  
Reserved  
6-4  
3
RESERVED  
mii_loopback  
duplex_mode_env  
RESERVED  
link_status_bit  
R
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
1b = MII loopback 0b = No MII loopback  
1b = Full duplex 0b = Half duplex  
Reserved  
2
1h  
1
0h  
0
0h  
1b = link is up 0b = link had been down  
8.6.2.1.8 MII_REG_11 Register (Offset = 11h) [Reset = Ah]  
MII_REG_11 is shown in Table 8-31.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-31. MII_REG_11 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
dis_clk_125  
R/W  
0h  
1b = stop clk_125 to MAC on IEEE power save mode 0b = keep  
clk_125 to MAC  
14  
13-12  
11  
10  
9
power_save_mode_en  
RESERVED  
R/W  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
sgmii_soft_reset  
use_phyad0_as_isolate  
channel_debug_mode  
debug_mode  
R/WSC  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Reset SGMII  
Use PHY ADDRESS 5b0 as isolate  
Enable channel debug mode  
Enable debug mode  
Reserved  
8
7
RESERVED  
6
cfg_soft_reset_non_clear R/W  
0b = 0x1F = 4000 is self clearing 1b = 0x1F = 4000 is non self  
clearing  
5-4  
3
cfg_reset_time_sel  
int_polarity  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
0h  
1h  
0h  
1h  
0h  
00b = 120ns 01b = 32us 10b = 256us 11b = 1024us  
1b = Active low 0b = Active high  
2
force_interrupt  
int_en  
1b = Force interrupt pin 0b = Do not force interrupt pin  
1b = Enable interrupts 0b = Disable interrupts  
Reserved  
1
0
RESERVED  
8.6.2.1.9 MII_REG_12 Register (Offset = 12h) [Reset = 0h]  
MII_REG_12 is shown in Table 8-32.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
65  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-32. MII_REG_12 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Description  
link_qual_int  
energy_det_int  
link_int  
R
Link quality bad interrupt status  
Energy det change interrupt status  
Link status change interrupt status  
Reserved  
R
R
RESERVED  
esd_int  
R
R
ESD fault detected interrupt status  
Training done interrupt status  
Reserved  
ms_train_done_int  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
link_qual_int_en  
energy_det_int_en  
link_int_en  
R
R
8
R
Reserved  
7
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Link quality bad interrupt enable  
Energy det change interrupt enable  
Link status change interrupt enable  
Reserved  
6
5
4
unused_int_3  
esd_int_en  
3
ESD fault detected interrupt enable  
Training done interrupt enable  
Reserved  
2
ms_train_done_int_en  
unused_int_2  
unused_int_1  
1
0
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.10 MII_REG_13 Register (Offset = 13h) [Reset = 0h]  
MII_REG_13 is shown in Table 8-33.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-33. MII_REG_13 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Description  
under_volt_int  
over_volt_int  
R
Under volt interrupt status  
Over volt interrupt status  
Reserved  
R
RESERVED  
R
RESERVED  
R
Reserved  
over_temp_int  
sleep_int  
R
Over temp interrupt status  
Sleep mode change interrupt status  
Data polarity change interrupt status  
Not one hot interrupt status  
Under volt interrupt enable  
Over volt interrupt enable  
Reserved  
R
pol_change_int  
not_one_hot_int  
under_volt_int_en  
over_volt_int_en  
unused_int_6  
unused_int_5  
over_temp_int_en  
sleep_int_en  
R
8
R
7
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
6
5
4
Reserved  
3
Over temp interrupt enable  
Sleep mode change interrupt enable  
Data Polarity change interrupt enable  
Not one hot interrupt enable  
2
1
pol_change_int_en  
not_one_hot_int_en  
0
8.6.2.1.11 MII_REG_16 Register (Offset = 16h) [Reset = 0h]  
MII_REG_16 is shown in Table 8-34.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
66  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-34. MII_REG_16 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-11  
10  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
prbs_sync_loss  
RESERVED  
core_pwr_mode  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W0C  
0h  
1b = Prbs lock had been lost 0b = Prbs lock never lost  
Reserved  
9
R
R
0h  
8
0h  
1b = Core is is normal power mode 0b = Core is in power down or  
sleep mode  
7
cfg_dig_pcs_loopback  
loopback_mode  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
PCS digital loopback  
6-0  
000001b = PCS loop 000010b = RS loop 000100b = Digital loop  
001000B = Analog loop 010000b = Reverse loop  
8.6.2.1.12 MII_REG_18 Register (Offset = 18h) [Reset = 8h]  
MII_REG_18 is shown in Table 8-35.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-35. MII_REG_18 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
1h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Description  
ack_received_int  
tx_valid_clr_int  
RESERVED  
R
Ack received interrupt status (OAM)  
mr_tx_valid clear interrupt status (OAM)  
Reserved  
R
R
RESERVED  
R
Reserved  
por_done_int  
no_frame_int  
wake_req_int  
lps_int  
R
POR done interrupt status  
No frame detect interrupt status  
Wake request interrupt status  
LPS interrupt status  
R
R
8
R
7
ack_received_int_en  
tx_valid_clr_int_en  
RESERVED  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Ack received interrupt enable (OAM)  
mr_tx_valid clear interrupt enable (OAM)  
Reserved  
6
5
4
RESERVED  
R
Reserved  
3
por_done_int_en  
no_frame_int_en  
wake_req_int_en  
lps_int_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
POR done interrupt enable  
No frame detect interrupt enable  
Wake request interrupt enable  
LPS interrupt enable  
2
1
0
8.6.2.1.13 MII_REG_19 Register (Offset = 19h) [Reset = X]  
MII_REG_19 is shown in Table 8-36.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-36. MII_REG_19 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-11  
10  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
dsp_energy_detect  
RESERVED  
SOR_PHYADDR  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
DSP energy detected status  
Reserved  
9-5  
R
0h  
4-0  
R
X
PHY ADDRESS latched from strap  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
67  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.14 MII_REG_1E Register (Offset = 1Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
MII_REG_1E is shown in Table 8-37.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-37. MII_REG_1E Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13-2  
1
Field  
Type  
R/WMC  
R/W  
R
Reset  
Description  
tdr_start  
0h  
1b = TDR start 0b = No TDR  
cfg_tdr_auto_run  
RESERVED  
tdr_done  
tdr_fail  
0h  
1b = TDR start automatically on link down 0b = TDR start manually  
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
TDR done status  
TDR fail status  
0
R
0h  
8.6.2.1.15 MII_REG_1F Register (Offset = 1Fh) [Reset = 0h]  
MII_REG_1F is shown in Table 8-38.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-38. MII_REG_1F Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12-8  
7
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
sw_global_reset  
digital_reset  
sor_debug_option  
tp_sel_1_9_5  
standby_mode  
R/WMC  
R/WMC  
R/W  
0h  
Hardware reset - Reset digital + register file  
Soft reset - Reset only digital core  
Use sw_global_reset as RESET pin source  
Test port select[9:5] - Select module  
Reserved  
0h  
0h  
R/W  
0h  
R/W  
0h  
6
standby_mode_ch_sel_B_ R/W  
An  
0h  
Reserved  
5
RESERVED  
tp_sel_1_4_0  
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
4-0  
R/W  
Test port select[4:0] - Select signals within module  
8.6.2.1.16 C_AND_S_STATUS Register (Offset = 180h) [Reset = 0h]  
C_AND_S_STATUS is shown in Table 8-39.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-39. C_AND_S_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11-8  
7
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
link_up  
R
0h  
link up defined by CnS  
link_down  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
link down as defined by CnS  
phy control in send data status  
link status  
phy_ctrl_send_data  
link_status  
pm_coded_state  
sel_osc25_clk_n  
pll_clk_sel  
pm state  
25MHz clock select  
Pll clock select  
6
5
pwr_seq_done  
slave_ph1_done  
channel_ok  
Power seq done status  
slave ph1 done status  
channel okay status  
Descrambler lock status  
Local receiver status  
4
3
2
descr_sync  
1
loc_rcvr_status  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
68  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-39. C_AND_S_STATUS Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
0
rem_rcvr_status  
R
0h  
Remote receiver status  
8.6.2.1.17 PM_TOP_CFG Register (Offset = 181h) [Reset = 440h]  
PM_TOP_CFG is shown in Table 8-40.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-40. PM_TOP_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
1h  
0h  
0h  
1h  
Reserved  
10  
cfg_lps_mac_pwrdn_en  
RESERVED  
R/W  
R
Enable power down of mac inf during Low power mode  
Reserved  
9
8
cfg_lps_dbg_mode  
cfg_lps_slp_rqst_to  
R/W  
R/W  
LPS debug mode enable to reduce the sleep request timeout  
7-6  
Sleep rquest timer threshold. 2b00 = 0.4ms, 2b01 = 1ms, 2b10 =  
4ms, 2b11 = 16ms  
5-4  
3
RESERVED  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
pll_gf_reset_reg  
force_pll_gf_reset  
R/W  
R/W  
1 = Reset is high 0 = Reset is low  
2
1 = Force pll_clk mux reset to value defined in bit[8] 0 = Normal  
mode  
1
0
pll_clk_sel_reg  
force_pll_ctrl  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
1: select PLL clock 0: select REF clock  
1: force pll_clk_mux selec to value defined in Bit[2] 0: Do not force  
pll_clk_mux select (Normal)  
8.6.2.1.18 CLK_CTRL_CFG Register (Offset = 182h) [Reset = 0h]  
CLK_CTRL_CFG is shown in Table 8-41.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-41. CLK_CTRL_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
14  
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
13  
12  
11-0  
8.6.2.1.19 LPS_CFG Register (Offset = 183h) [Reset = 0h]  
LPS_CFG is shown in Table 8-42.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-42. LPS_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_force_lps_st_en  
cfg_force_lps_st  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
Enable force lps state  
Force lps state  
6-0  
0h  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
69  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.20 LPS_CFG2 Register (Offset = 18Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
LPS_CFG2 is shown in Table 8-43.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-43. LPS_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-9  
8
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
ed_en  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
1b = Enable energy detection on MDI 0b = Disable energy detection  
on MDI  
7
6
sleep_en  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
1b = Allow PHY to enter sleep 0b = Do not allow PHY to enter sleep  
cfg_auto_mode_en_strap R/WMC,1  
LPS autonomous mode enable 1b = PHY enters normal mode on  
power up 0b = PHY enters standby mode on power up  
5
4
3
2
1
0
cfg_lps_mon_en_strap  
cfg_lps_sleep_auto  
cfg_lps_slp_confirm  
cfg_lps_auto_pwrdn  
cfg_lps_sleep_en  
cfg_lps_sm_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.21 LPS_CFG3 Register (Offset = 18Ch) [Reset = 0h]  
LPS_CFG3 is shown in Table 8-44.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-44. LPS_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_7  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_6  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_5  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_4  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_3  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_2  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_1  
cfg_lps_pwr_mode_0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
R/WMC,0  
0h  
Reserved  
6
0h  
Reserved  
5
0h  
Reserved  
4
0h  
Set to enter standby mode  
Reserved  
3
0h  
2
0h  
Reserved  
1
0h  
Reserved  
0
0h  
Set to enter normal mode  
8.6.2.1.22 LPS_STATUS Register (Offset = 18Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
LPS_STATUS is shown in Table 8-45.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-45. LPS_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-7  
6-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Reserved  
Observe LPS state : 0x2 = Standby mode 0x4 = Normal mode  
RESERVED  
status_lps_st  
R
R
8.6.2.1.23 TDR_STATUS0 Register (Offset = 309h) [Reset = 0h]  
TDR_STATUS0 is shown in Table 8-46.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
70  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-46. TDR_STATUS0 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
peak1_loc  
peak0_loc  
R
0h  
Peak 1 location in tap index  
Peak 0 location in tap index  
R
0h  
8.6.2.1.24 TDR_STATUS1 Register (Offset = 30Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
TDR_STATUS1 is shown in Table 8-47.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-47. TDR_STATUS1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Peak 3 location in tap index  
Peak 2 location in tap index  
peak3_loc  
peak2_loc  
R
R
8.6.2.1.25 TDR_STATUS2 Register (Offset = 30Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
TDR_STATUS2 is shown in Table 8-48.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-48. TDR_STATUS2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Peak 0 amplitude in echo coeff  
Peak 4 location in tap index  
peak0_amp  
peak4_loc  
R
R
8.6.2.1.26 TDR_STATUS5 Register (Offset = 30Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
TDR_STATUS5 is shown in Table 8-49.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-49. TDR_STATUS5 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-5  
4
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
peak4_sign  
peak3_sign  
peak2_sign  
peak1_sign  
peak0_sign  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Peak 4 sign  
Peak 3 sign  
Peak 2 sign  
Peak 1 sign  
Peak 0 sign  
3
2
1
0
8.6.2.1.27 TDR_TC12 Register (Offset = 30Fh) [Reset = 0h]  
TDR_TC12 is shown in Table 8-50.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-50. TDR_TC12 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-14  
13-8  
RESERVED  
fault_loc  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
See TC12  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
71  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-50. TDR_TC12 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
7-4  
3-2  
1-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
See TC12  
Reserved  
See TC12  
tdr_state  
R
0h  
RESERVED  
tdr_activation  
R
0h  
R
0h  
8.6.2.1.28 A2D_REG_05 Register (Offset = 405h) [Reset = 6400h]  
A2D_REG_05 is shown in Table 8-51.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-51. A2D_REG_05 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-10  
ld_bias_1p0v_sl  
R/W  
19h  
Bits to control the DAC current of LD and hence the swing. 001010b  
= 400 001011b = 440 001100b = 480 001101b = 520 001110b =  
560 001111b = 600 010000b = 640 010001b = 680 010010b = 720  
010011b = 760 010100b = 800 010101b = 840 010110b = 880  
010111b = 920 011000b = 960 011001b = 1000 011010b = 1040  
011011b = 1080 011100b = 1120 011101b = 1160 011110b = 1200  
9-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.29 A2D_REG_31 Register (Offset = 41Fh) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_31 is shown in Table 8-52.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-52. A2D_REG_31 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10-7  
6-3  
2
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
1
0
8.6.2.1.30 A2D_REG_40 Register (Offset = 428h) [Reset = 6000h]  
A2D_REG_40 is shown in Table 8-53.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-53. A2D_REG_40 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
SGMII_TESTMODE  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
14-13  
12  
R/W  
R
3h  
0h  
0h  
00b = 1000mV 01b = 1260mV 10b = 900mV 11b = 720mV  
Reserved  
11  
SGMII_SOP_SON_SLEW R/W  
_CTRL  
0b = Fast SOP/SON rise/fall time 1b = Slow SOP/SON rise/fall time  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
72  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-53. A2D_REG_40 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
10  
9-8  
7
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R
0h  
6-1  
0
R
0h  
R
0h  
8.6.2.1.31 A2D_REG_41 Register (Offset = 429h) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_41 is shown in Table 8-54.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-54. A2D_REG_41 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-11  
10  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
9
8
7-2  
1
SGMII_IO_LOOPBACK_E R/W  
N
1b = Connects RX and TX signals internally to provide internal  
loopback option without external components.  
0
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.32 A2D_REG_42 Register (Offset = 42Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_42 is shown in Table 8-55.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-55. A2D_REG_42 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
SGMII_CDR_TESTMODE R/W  
_0  
0h  
SGMII RX CDR test mode  
8.6.2.1.33 A2D_REG_43 Register (Offset = 42Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_43 is shown in Table 8-56.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-56. A2D_REG_43 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
SGMII_CDR_TESTMODE R/W  
_1  
0h  
SGMII RX CDR test mode  
8.6.2.1.34 A2D_REG_44 Register (Offset = 42Ch) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_44 is shown in Table 8-57.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
73  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-57. A2D_REG_44 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8
R
0h  
Reserved  
7
R
0h  
Reserved  
6
R
0h  
Reserved  
5
R
0h  
Reserved  
4
SGMII_DIG_LOOPBACK_ R/W  
EN  
0h  
1b = Loops back TX data to RX before the IO  
3-1  
0
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.35 A2D_REG_45 Register (Offset = 42Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_45 is shown in Table 8-58.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-58. A2D_REG_45 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
SGMII_TESTOUT  
R
0h  
SGMII test mode output  
8.6.2.1.36 A2D_REG_46 Register (Offset = 42Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_46 is shown in Table 8-59.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-59. A2D_REG_46 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
sgmii_calib_watchdog_dis R/W  
0h  
0h  
By default, SGMII calibration process has a watchdog timer. If  
calibration is not ended till timer expires, then it is dsabled and  
default value is taken. If this bit is set, then the calibration watchdog  
timer is disabled.  
10-9  
sgmii_calib_watchdog_val R/W  
Watchdog timer configuration for SGMII calibration sequence: 00 - If  
not ended, calibration stops after 32us 01 - If not ended, calibration  
stops after 48us 10 - If not ended, calibration stops after 64us 11 - If  
not ended, calibration stops after 128us  
8-7  
6
sgmii_calib_avg  
sgmii_do_calib  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
Number of repetitions of COMP_OFFSET_TUNE calibration (the  
repetitions are for averaging): 00 - a single repetition 01 - 2  
repetitions 10 - 4 repetitions 11 - 8 repetitions  
R/WSC  
SGMII start calibration command (mainly for debug) Please notice:  
This register is WSC (write-self-clear) and not read-only!  
5
4
3
SGMII_CDR_LOCK_SL  
SGMII_MODE_force_en  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
Indicates Sgmiis CDR lock status  
R/W  
SGMII_INPUT_TERM_EN R/W  
_force_en  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
74  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-59. A2D_REG_46 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
2
SGMII_OUTPUT_EN_forc R/W  
e_en  
0h  
1
0
SGMII_COMP_OFFSET_ R/W  
TUNE_force_en  
0h  
0h  
SGMII_DATA_SYNC_SL  
R
8.6.2.1.37 A2D_REG_48 Register (Offset = 430h) [Reset = 960h]  
A2D_REG_48 is shown in Table 8-60.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-60. A2D_REG_48 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
DLL_EN  
R
0h  
Reserved  
14  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
9h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
13  
R
12  
R/W  
11-8  
DLL_TX_DELAY_CTRL_S R/W  
L
Refer to electrical specification for delay vs code information.  
Refer to electrical specification for delay vs code information.  
Reserved  
7-4  
3-0  
DLL_RX_DELAY_CTRL_ R/W  
SL  
6h  
0h  
RESERVED  
R
8.6.2.1.38 A2D_REG_66 Register (Offset = 442h) [Reset = 0h]  
A2D_REG_66 is shown in Table 8-61.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-61. A2D_REG_66 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
esd_event_count  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
14-9  
8
R
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Number gives the number of esd events on the copper channel  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
7-5  
4
3-0  
8.6.2.1.39 LEDS_CFG_1 Register (Offset = 450h) [Reset = 2610h]  
LEDS_CFG_1 is shown in Table 8-62.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-62. LEDS_CFG_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
14  
leds_bypass_stretching  
leds_blink_rate  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
2h  
LED Signal Stretch  
13-12  
Blink Rate for the LED - 00b = 20Hz (50mSec) 01b = 10Hz  
(100mSec) 10b = 5Hz (200mSec) 11b = 2Hz (500mSec)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
75  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-62. LEDS_CFG_1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
11-8  
led_2_option  
R/W  
6h  
0000b = link OK 0001b = link OK + blink on TX/RX activity 0010b  
= link OK + blink on TX activity 0011b = link OK + blink on RX  
activity 0100b = link OK + 100Base-T1 Master 0101b = link OK +  
100Base-T1 Slave 0110b = TX/RX activity with stretch option 0111b  
= Reserved 1000b = Reserved 1001b = Link lost (remains on until  
register 0x1 is read) 1010b = PRBS error latch until cleared by  
0x620(1) 1011b = XMII TX/RX Error with stretch option  
7-4  
3-0  
led_1_option  
led_0_option  
R/W  
R/W  
1h  
0h  
0000b = link OK 0001b = link OK + blink on TX/RX activity 0010b  
= link OK + blink on TX activity 0011b = link OK + blink on RX  
activity 0100b = link OK + 100Base-T1 Master 0101b = link OK +  
100Base-T1 Slave 0110b = TX/RX activity with stretch option 0111b  
= Reserved 1000b = Reserved 1001b = Link lost (remains on until  
register 0x1 is read) 1010b = PRBS error (latch until cleared by  
0x620(1) 1011b = XMII TX/RX Error with stretch option  
0000b = link OK 0001b = link OK + blink on TX/RX activity 0010b  
= link OK + blink on TX activity 0011b = link OK + blink on RX  
activity 0100b = link OK + 100Base-T1 Master 0101b = link OK +  
100Base-T1 Slave 0110b = TX/RX activity with stretch option 0111b  
= Reserved 1000b = Reserved 1001b = Link lost (remains on until  
register 0x1 is read) 1010b = PRBS error (latch until cleared by  
0x620(1) 1011b = XMII TX/RX Error with stretch option  
8.6.2.1.40 LEDS_CFG_2 Register (Offset = 451h) [Reset = 0h]  
LEDS_CFG_2 is shown in Table 8-63.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-63. LEDS_CFG_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
13-10  
11-9  
RESERVED  
cfg_ieee_compl_sel  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
Observe IEEE Compliance signals in LED_0_GPIO_0, when  
LED_0_GPIO_CTRL= 'h5 as follows - 000b = loc_rcvr_status 001b  
= rem_rcvr_status 010b = loc_snr_margin 011b = rem_phy_ready  
100b = pma_watchdog_status 101b = link_sync_link_control  
8
led_2_drv_en  
R/W  
0h  
LED_2 Drive Enable, When set, drives the value as per  
LED_2_DRV_VAL  
7
6
5
led_2_drv_val  
led_2_polarity  
led_1_drv_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
LED_2 Drive Value, when LED_2_DRV_EN is set  
LED_2 polarity  
LED_1 Drive Enable, When set, drives the value as per  
LED_1_DRV_VAL  
4
3
2
led_1_drv_val  
led_1_polarity  
led_0_drv_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
LED_1 Drive Value, when LED_1_DRV_EN is set  
LED_1 polarity  
LED_0 Drive Enable, When set, drives the value as per  
LED_0_DRV_VAL  
1
0
led_0_drv_val  
led_0_polarity  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
LED_0 Drive Value, when LED_0_DRV_EN is set  
LED_0 polarity  
8.6.2.1.41 IO_MUX_CFG_1 Register (Offset = 452h) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_MUX_CFG_1 is shown in Table 8-64.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
76  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-64. IO_MUX_CFG_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
15-14  
13-11  
10-8  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
led_1_gpio_ctrl  
R
0h  
R
0h  
R/W  
0h  
Controls the output of LED_1 IO - 000b = LED_1 (default: link OK +  
blink on TX/RX activity) 001b = Reserved 010b = RGMII data match  
indication 011b = Under-Voltage indication 100b = Interrupt 101b =  
IEEE compliance signals 110b = constant 0 111b = constant 1  
7-6  
5-3  
2-0  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
led_0_gpio_ctrl  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
R
R/W  
Controls the output of LED_0 IO: 000b = LED_0 (default: LINK)  
001b = Reserved 010b = RGMII data match indication 011b = Under-  
Voltage indication 100b = Interrupt 101b = IEEE compliance signals  
(see 0x451[11:9]) 110b = constant 0 111b = constant 1  
8.6.2.1.42 IO_MUX_CFG_2 Register (Offset = 453h) [Reset = 1h]  
IO_MUX_CFG_2 is shown in Table 8-65.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-65. IO_MUX_CFG_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-6  
5-3  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
clk_o_clk_source  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
1h  
Clock Observable in CLK_O pin - 000b = xi_osc_25m_1p0v_dl  
(25MHz crystal output - from analog) 001b = Reserved 010b =  
Reserved 011b = 125MHz clock 100b = 125MHz clock 101b =  
Reserved 110b = Reserved 111b = Reserved  
2-0  
clk_o_gpio_ctrl  
R/W  
Controls the output of CLK_O IO - 000b = LED_2 (default: TX/RX  
activity with stretch option(LED_2_OPTION=0x6) 001b = Clock out  
(see 0x453[5:3]) 010b = RGMII data match indication 011b = Under-  
Voltage indication 100b = constant 0 101b = constant 0 110b =  
constant 0 111b = constant 1  
8.6.2.1.43 IO_CONTROL_1 Register (Offset = 454h) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_CONTROL_1 is shown in Table 8-66.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-66. IO_CONTROL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
io_control_1  
R/W  
0h  
IO_CONTROL_1 : IO reflects the value written on this register when  
enabled IO_OE_N_FORCE_CTRL=1 and IO_OE_N_VALUE=0 If  
0 is written, IO will be forced to ouput LOW. If 1 is  
written, IO will be forced to ouput HIGH. The following is  
the bit position for pads. 0=LED_0_GPIO_0; 1=LED_1_GPIO_1;  
2=CLKOUT_GPIO_2; 3=INT_N; 4=RESERVED; 5=RESERVED;  
6=INH; 7=TX_CLK; 8=TX_CTRL; 9=TX_D0; 10=TX_D1; 11=TX_D2;  
12=TX_D3; 13=RX_CLK; 14=RX_CTRL;15=RX_D0;  
8.6.2.1.44 IO_CONTROL_2 Register (Offset = 455h) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_CONTROL_2 is shown in Table 8-67.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
77  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-67. IO_CONTROL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-14  
13-9  
RESERVED  
cfg_other_impedance  
R
0h  
R/W  
0h  
Slew Rate Control for CLKOUT - 00000b = Default rise/fall time  
00001b = Slower rise/fall time 00010b = Faster rise/fall time  
8-7  
pupd_value  
R/W  
0h  
IO Test mode - pullup/pull down : 00b = No pull (HiZ) 01b = PullUP  
10b = PullDown 11b = PullUp/PullDown (Both Enabled)  
6
5
4
pupd_force_cntl  
io_oe_n_value  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
IO Test mode pull up/down override functional pull.  
IO Test mode direction, related to IO_OE_N_FORCE_CTRL  
io_oe_n_force_ctrl  
IO Test mode (alternate to BSR). The IO direction is set by  
IO_OE_N_VALUE and value is set by IO_CONTROL_1/2  
3-0  
io_control_2  
R/W  
0h  
IO_CONTROL_2 : IO reflects the value written on this register when  
enabled IO_OE_N_FORCE_CTRL=1 and IO_OE_N_VALUE=0 If 0  
is written, IO will be forced to ouput LOW. If 1 is written, IO will  
be forced to ouput HIGH. The following is the bit position for pads.  
0=RX_D1; 1=RX_D2; 2=RX_D3; 3=STRP_1;  
8.6.2.1.45 IO_CONTROL_3 Register (Offset = 456h) [Reset = 100h]  
IO_CONTROL_3 is shown in Table 8-68.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-68. IO_CONTROL_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-10  
9-5  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_mac_rx_impedance  
R/W  
8h  
0h  
Slew Rate Control for RGMII pads - 01010b = Medium Slew (OA  
tr/tf compliant, max tr/tf = 1ns) 01011b = Slowest Slew (For low  
emissions, max tr/tf = 1.2ns) 01000b = Default mode (rgmii tr/tf  
compliant, max tr/tf=750ps)  
4-0  
RESERVED  
R
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.46 IO_STATUS_1 Register (Offset = 457h) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_STATUS_1 is shown in Table 8-69.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-69. IO_STATUS_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
io_status_1  
R
0h  
IO_STATUS_1 : Register reflects the IO value, when enabled  
IO_OE_N_FORCE_CTRL=1 and IO_OE_N_VALUE=1 If 0 is read,  
IO is connected LOW at pin. If 1 is read, IO is connected  
HIGH at pin. The following is the bit position for each  
pad. 0=LED_0_GPIO_0; 1=LED_1_GPIO_1; 2=CLKOUT_GPIO_2;  
3=INT_N; 4=RESERVED; 5=RESERVED; 6=INH; 7=TX_CLK;  
8=TX_CTRL; 9=TX_D0; 10=TX_D1; 11=TX_D2; 12=TX_D3;  
13=RX_CLK; 14=RX_CTRL;15=RX_D0;  
8.6.2.1.47 IO_STATUS_2 Register (Offset = 458h) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_STATUS_2 is shown in Table 8-70.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
78  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-70. IO_STATUS_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-4  
3-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
io_status_2  
R
0h  
R
0h  
IO_STATUS_2 : Register reflects the IO value, when enabled  
IO_OE_N_FORCE_CTRL=1 and IO_OE_N_VALUE=1 If 0 is read,  
IO is connected LOW at pin. If 1 is read, IO is connected HIGH  
at pin. The following is the bit position for each pad. 0=RX_D1;  
1=RX_D2; 2=RX_D3; 3=STRP_1;  
8.6.2.1.48 IO_CONTROL_4 Register (Offset = 459h) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_CONTROL_4 is shown in Table 8-71.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-71. IO_CONTROL_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
io_input_mode  
R/W  
0h  
Each bit configures one pin into input mode as per mapping below  
- 0=LED_0_GPIO_0; 1=LED_1_GPIO_1; 2=CLKOUT_GPIO_2;  
3=INT_N; 4=TX_CLK; 5=TX_CTRL; 6=TX_D0; 7=TX_D1; 8=TX_D2;  
9=TX_D3; 10=RX_CLK; 11=RX_CTRL;12=RX_D0; 13=RX_D1;  
14=RX_D2; 15=RX_D3  
8.6.2.1.49 IO_CONTROL_5 Register (Offset = 45Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
IO_CONTROL_5 is shown in Table 8-72.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-72. IO_CONTROL_5 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
io_output_mode  
R/W  
0h  
Each bit configures one pin into output mode as per mapping below  
- 0=LED_0_GPIO_0; 1=LED_1_GPIO_1; 2=CLKOUT_GPIO_2;  
3=INT_N; 4=TX_CLK; 5=TX_CTRL; 6=TX_D0; 7=TX_D1; 8=TX_D2;  
9=TX_D3; 10=RX_CLK; 11=RX_CTRL;12=RX_D0; 13=RX_D1;  
14=RX_D2; 15=RX_D3  
8.6.2.1.50 SOR_VECTOR_1 Register (Offset = 45Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
SOR_VECTOR_1 is shown in Table 8-73.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-73. SOR_VECTOR_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RGMII_TX_SHIFT  
RGMII_RX_SHIFT  
SGMII_EN  
R
0h  
0x0 = TX shift disbaled 0x1 = TX shift enabled  
14  
R
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0x0 = RX shift disabled 0x1 = RX shift enabled  
0x0 = SGMII disabled 0x1 = SGMII enabled  
0x0 = RGMII disabled 0x1 = RGMII enabled  
13  
12  
RGMII_EN  
11-9  
8-6  
TEST_MODE  
MAC_MODE  
0x0 = SGMII 0x1 = Reserved 0x2 = Reserved 0x3 = Reserved 0x4 =  
RGMII align 0x5 = RGMII TX shift 0x6 = RGMII TX and RX shift 0x7  
= RGMII RX shift  
5
MAS/SLV  
R
0h  
0x0 = Slave 0x1 = Master  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
79  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-73. SOR_VECTOR_1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
4-0  
PHY_AD  
R
0h  
0x0 = PHY address 0 0x4 = PHY address 4 0x5 = PHY address 5  
0x8 = PHY address 8 0xA = PHY address A 0xC = PHY address C  
0xD = PHY address D 0xE = PHY address E 0xF = PHY address F  
8.6.2.1.51 SOR_VECTOR_2 Register (Offset = 45Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
SOR_VECTOR_2 is shown in Table 8-74.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-74. SOR_VECTOR_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
0
AUTO/MANAGED  
R
0h  
0x0 = Autonomous mode enabled 0x1 = Managed mode enabled  
8.6.2.1.52 REV_ID Register (Offset = 466h) [Reset = 0h]  
REV_ID is shown in Table 8-75.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-75. REV_ID Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-4  
3-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
si_rev_id  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Internal revision ID  
8.6.2.1.53 MONITOR_CTRL1 Register (Offset = 467h) [Reset = 12h]  
MONITOR_CTRL1 is shown in Table 8-76.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-76. MONITOR_CTRL1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-6  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
cfg_dc_offset_2c  
cfg_cic_gain12_arith  
cfg_cic_gain2  
cfg_cic_gain1  
R/W  
0h  
Analog control  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
2h  
2h  
Analog control  
Analog control  
Analog control  
5-3  
2-0  
8.6.2.1.54 MONITOR_CTRL2 Register (Offset = 468h) [Reset = 920h]  
MONITOR_CTRL2 is shown in Table 8-77.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-77. MONITOR_CTRL2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
cfg_bypass_reset_sensor R/W  
_val  
0h  
When cfg_bypass_fsm is 1, use this register to keep sensor in reset  
14-12  
11-9  
8-6  
cfg_rd_data  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
4h  
4h  
4h  
To read out monitor adc output through MDIO for debug  
cfg_dec_factor_sensors  
Analog control  
Analog control  
Analog control  
cfg_dec_factor_gain_calib R/W  
cfg_dec_factor_dc_calib R/W  
5-3  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
80  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-77. MONITOR_CTRL2 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
2-0  
cfg_bypass_sel_num  
R/W  
0h  
When cfg_bypass_fsm is 1, use this register to select the sensor  
8.6.2.1.55 MONITOR_CTRL4 Register (Offset = 46Ah) [Reset = 94h]  
MONITOR_CTRL4 is shown in Table 8-78.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-78. MONITOR_CTRL4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-9  
8
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_hist_clr  
R
0h  
RESERVED  
R/W  
0h  
1h  
CFG_HIST_CLR  
7
cfg_discard_sample_num R/W  
Number of samples to be discarded before starting averaging - 0b =  
2 samples 1b = 4 samples  
6
cfg_avg_sample_num  
cfg_adc_clk_div  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
1h  
Number of samples for calculating the average before storing in  
history - 0b = 2 samples 1b = 4 samples  
5-4  
Config options to select frequency of monitor adc clock - 00b =  
12.5MHz 01b = 6.25MHz 10b = 3.125MHz 11b = Reserved  
3
2
cfg_force_start  
cfg_reset  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
1h  
Set to force start sensor monitor FSM even if link is not established  
0b = Enable the monitor 1b = Monitor is held in reset state At any  
point of time, if the signal is changed to 1, the module abruptly goes  
to reset state  
1
0
periodic  
start  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0b = Monitor is enabled only when start is set for one iteration 1b =  
Monitor is enabled for periodic iteration  
R/WSC  
Start indication for sensor monitor FSM, self clearing  
8.6.2.1.56 MONITOR_STAT1 Register (Offset = 47Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
MONITOR_STAT1 is shown in Table 8-79.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-79. MONITOR_STAT1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
stat_rd_data  
R
0h  
STAT_RD_DATA  
8.6.2.1.57 SYNC_LINK_CONTROL_CFG Register (Offset = 509h) [Reset = 0h]  
SYNC_LINK_CONTROL_CFG is shown in Table 8-80.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-80. SYNC_LINK_CONTROL_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
R
0h  
10  
R
0h  
9-2  
1
R
0h  
R
0h  
0
R
0h  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
81  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.58 BREAK_LINK_TIMER Register (Offset = 50Ah) [Reset = 1000h]  
BREAK_LINK_TIMER is shown in Table 8-81.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-81. BREAK_LINK_TIMER Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-14  
13  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Reserved  
12  
cfg_fifo_reset_in_break_li R/W  
nk  
1h  
Allow ADC FIFO to be in reset during break link timer  
11  
cfg_slave_send_s_32_mo R/W  
de  
0h  
Enable mode where Slave PHY sends SEND_S signalling for a fixed  
32 times once it has detected SEND_S Note : Should be enabled  
only if 0x509[10] is not set  
0h = Follow IEEE state machine  
1h = Enable slave to send SEND_S 32 times  
10-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.59 LPS_CONTROL_1 Register (Offset = 514h) [Reset = 8E3h]  
LPS_CONTROL_1 is shown in Table 8-82.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-82. LPS_CONTROL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11-9  
8-6  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_tx_wake_cg  
cfg_tx_sleep_cg  
cfg_rx_wake_cg  
cfg_rx_sleep_cg  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
4h  
Control code to send on Tx for wake indication  
Control code to send on Tx for sleep indication  
Control code to expect on Rx for wake indication  
Control code to expect on Rx for sleep indication  
3h  
5-3  
4h  
2-0  
3h  
8.6.2.1.60 LPS_CONTROL_2 Register (Offset = 515h) [Reset = 808h]  
LPS_CONTROL_2 is shown in Table 8-83.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-83. LPS_CONTROL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_wake_cg_cnt_th  
R
0h  
Reserved  
14-8  
R/W  
8h  
Number of continuous expected wake code groups required to  
acknowledge and set LPS wake command received.  
7
RESERVED  
R
0h  
8h  
Reserved  
6-0  
cfg_sleep_cg_cnt_th  
R/W  
Number of continuous expected sleep code groups required to  
acknowledge and set LPS sleep command received.  
8.6.2.1.61 MAXWAIT_TIMER Register (Offset = 518h) [Reset = 17CEh]  
MAXWAIT_TIMER is shown in Table 8-84.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
82  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-84. MAXWAIT_TIMER Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
cfg_maxwait_timer_init  
R/W  
17CEh  
Maxwait timer value in us (value internally multiplied by 16)  
8.6.2.1.62 PHY_CTRL_1G Register (Offset = 519h) [Reset = 3Dh]  
PHY_CTRL_1G is shown in Table 8-85.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-85. PHY_CTRL_1G Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_phy_ctrl_fallback_on_ R/W  
energy_lost_loc_rcvr  
0h  
0h  
Allow phy control to go from TRAINING to COUNTDOWN to SILENT  
on energy lost and loc_rcvr lock Note : Should be enabled only if  
0x519[13] is disabled  
13  
cfg_phy_ctrl_fallback_on_ R/W  
energy_lost  
Allow phy control to go from TRAINING to COUNTDOWN to SILENT  
on energy lost Note : Should be enabled only if 0x519[14] is disabled  
12  
11  
10  
9
cfg_bypass_dsp_reset  
cfg_force_link_stat_val  
cfg_force_link_stat  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Bypass dsp reset from pcs  
Forced link status value Valid only if 0x519[10] is set  
Enable forcing link status value  
cfg_link_control_override_ R/W  
val  
Override Value for link control (only valid is autoneg is enabled) Valid  
only if 0x519[8] is set  
8
cfg_link_control_override_ R/W  
en  
0h  
Override Enable for link control (only valid is autoneg is enabled)  
0h = Link_control override disbale  
1h = Link_control override Eanable  
7-0  
cfg_minwait_timer_init  
R/W  
3Dh  
Minwait timer value in us (value internally multiplied by 16)  
8.6.2.1.63 TEST_MODE Register (Offset = 531h) [Reset = 0h]  
TEST_MODE is shown in Table 8-86.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-86. TEST_MODE Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-9  
8
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_test_mode4_tx_order R/W  
0h  
Order of symbols to be transmitted in Test mode 4  
0h = T1 followed by T2  
1h = T2 followed by T1  
7-0  
cfg_test_mode_7_data  
R/W  
0h  
GMII data to transmit in Test mode 7  
8.6.2.1.64 LINK_QUAL_1 Register (Offset = 543h) [Reset = 0h]  
LINK_QUAL_1 is shown in Table 8-87.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-87. LINK_QUAL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Reserved  
Link training time in ms (TC12)  
RESERVED  
link_training_time  
R
R
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
83  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.65 LINK_QUAL_2 Register (Offset = 544h) [Reset = 0h]  
LINK_QUAL_2 is shown in Table 8-88.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-88. LINK_QUAL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Remote receiver time in ms (TC12)  
Local receiver time in ms (TC12)  
remote_receiver_time  
local_receiver_time  
R
R
8.6.2.1.66 LINK_DOWN_LATCH_STAT Register (Offset = 545h) [Reset = 0h]  
LINK_DOWN_LATCH_STAT is shown in Table 8-89.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-89. LINK_DOWN_LATCH_STAT Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-6  
5
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
channel_ok_ll  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W0C  
0h  
1b = Channel ok was never de-asserted 0b = Channel ok was de-  
asserted  
4
3
2
1
0
link_fail_inhibit_lh  
send_s_sigdet_lh  
hi_rfer_lh  
R/W0C  
R/W0C  
R/W0C  
R/W0S  
R/W0S  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
1b = Link fail inhibit assertion was reported 0b = Link fail inhibit  
assertion was never reported  
1b = Send s sigdet assertion was reported 0b = Send s sigdet  
assertion was never reported  
1b = High ri rfer assertion was reported 0b = High ri rfer assertion  
was never reported  
block_lock_ll  
1b = Block lock de-assertion was never reported 0b = Block lock  
de-assertion was never reported  
pma_watchdog_ll  
1b = Low pma watchdog was never reported 0b = Low pma watchdof  
was reported  
8.6.2.1.67 LINK_QUAL_3 Register (Offset = 547h) [Reset = 0h]  
LINK_QUAL_3 is shown in Table 8-90.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-90. LINK_QUAL_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-10  
9-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Link loss count since last power cycle (TC12)  
Link fail without link loss count since last power cycle (TC12)  
link_loss_cnt  
link_fail_cnt  
R
R
8.6.2.1.68 LINK_QUAL_4 Register (Offset = 548h) [Reset = 0h]  
LINK_QUAL_4 is shown in Table 8-91.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-91. LINK_QUAL_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-1  
0
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
Reserved  
Communication ready status (TC12)  
RESERVED  
comm_ready  
R
R
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
84  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.69 PMA_WATCHDOG Register (Offset = 559h) [Reset = 51h]  
PMA_WATCHDOG is shown in Table 8-92.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-92. PMA_WATCHDOG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-7  
6
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_pma_watchdog_force R/W  
_val  
1h  
0h  
1h  
Force value for pma watchdog  
Enable forcing pma watchdog  
5
4
cfg_pma_watchdog_force R/W  
_en  
cfg_ieee_watchdog_en  
R/W  
1 : watchdog counters are started after link up 0: TBD  
0h = TBD  
1h = watchdog counters are started after link up  
3-0  
cfg_watchdog_cnt_clr_th R/W  
1h  
Number of 0, +1, -1 symbols to be seen in their respective watchdog  
counter window to prevent them for asserting pma_watchdog_status  
8.6.2.1.70 DATA_SCR_CFG Register (Offset = 55Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
DATA_SCR_CFG is shown in Table 8-93.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-93. DATA_SCR_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14-6  
5
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_ecc_error  
cfg_ecc_corrupt  
cfg_rx_delay_data_scr  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
9 bit error val xored to memory data input for ECC testing  
Enable corruption of memory data for ECC testing  
4
Delay generation of rx descrmabler symbols by 1 bit  
0h = Do not delay generation of rx descrmabler symbols by 1 bit  
1h = Delay generation of rx descrmabler symbols by 1 bit  
3
2
cfg_tx_delay_data_scr  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
Delay generation of tx scrmabler symbols by 1 bit  
0h = Do not delay generation of tx scrmabler symbols by 1 bit  
1h = Delay generation of tx scrmabler symbols by 1 bit  
cfg_rx_data_scr_order_inv R/W  
cfg_tx_data_scr_order_inv R/W  
Enable to generate rx descrambler symbols from S[0] instead of  
S[14] Valid only if LPs 0x55A[1] is set (TI-TI link)  
0h = Use S[14] as rx descrambler symbols  
1h = Use S[0] as rx descrmabler symbols  
1
0
0h  
0h  
Enable to generate tx scrambler symbols from S[0] instead of S[14]  
Valid only if LPs 0x55A[2] is set (TI-TI link)  
0h = Use S[14] as tx scrambler symbols  
1h = Use S[0] as tx scrmabler symbols  
cfg_data_scr_bypass  
R/W  
Bypass data scrmabler on Tx as well as Rx path  
0h = Do not bypass data scramblers  
1h = Bypass data scramblers  
8.6.2.1.71 SYMB_POL_CFG Register (Offset = 55Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
SYMB_POL_CFG is shown in Table 8-94.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-94. SYMB_POL_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-5  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
85  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-94. SYMB_POL_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
4
cfg_slave_auto_pol_corre R/W  
ction_en  
0h  
Correct tx polarity for slave based on received polarity  
0h = Slave tx polarity independent of slave rx polarity  
1h = Slave tx polarity to match received polarity  
3
cfg_rx_symb_order_inv  
R/W  
0h  
Order of received symbols S0 to S6 reversed to S6 to S0 Valid only if  
LPs 0x55B[1] is set (TI-TI link)  
0h = Order of received symbols S0 to S6 unchanged  
1h = Order of received symbols S0 to S6 reversed to S6 to S0  
2
1
cfg_rx_symb_pol_inv  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
Invert polarity of received symbols  
0h = Unchanged polarity of received symbols  
1h = Invert polarity of received symbols  
cfg_tx_symb_order_inv  
Order of transmit symbols S0 to S6 reversed to S6 to S0 Valid only if  
LPs 0x55B[3] is set (TI-TI link)  
0h = Order of transmit symbols S0 to S6 unchanged  
1h = Order of transmit symbols S0 to S6 reversed to S6 to S0  
0
cfg_tx_symb_pol_inv  
R/W  
0h  
Invert polarity of transmit symbols  
0h = Unchanged polarity of transmit symbols  
1h = Invert polarity of transmit symbols  
8.6.2.1.72 OAM_CFG Register (Offset = 55Ch) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_CFG is shown in Table 8-95.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-95. OAM_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-2  
1
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_rx_oam_crc_data_in_ R/W  
order  
0h  
Reverse order of data input to CRC checker in rx oam to MSB first  
0h = Order of data input to CRC checker in rx oam is LSB first  
1h = Order of data input to CRC checker in rx oam is MSB first  
0
cfg_tx_oam_crc_data_in_ R/W  
order  
0h  
Reverse order of data input to CRC calculator in tx oam to MSB first  
0h = Order of data input to CRC calculator in tx oam is LSB first  
1h = Order of data input to CRC calculator in tx oam is MSB first  
8.6.2.1.73 TEST_MEM_CFG Register (Offset = 561h) [Reset = 17A0h]  
TEST_MEM_CFG is shown in Table 8-96.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-96. TEST_MEM_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-13  
12-6  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_wait_time_xcorr_wen R/W  
5Eh  
Wait timer after TX_SEND_S after which testmem is written on  
energy fall Note : Valid only if 0x561[3] is set  
5
4
cfg_xcorr_dbg_sel R/W  
1h  
0h  
0b = Select xcorr from aligned detector to write to test mem 1b =  
Select xcorr from shifted detector to write to test mem Note : Valid  
only if 0x561[3] is set  
cfg_send_s_infinite_loop R/W  
cfg_xcorr_dbg_test_mem R/W  
enable transmitting infinite send_s sequence. For send_s debug.  
Valid only in master and when 0x56A[15] is set.  
0h = disable infinte send_s mode  
1h = enable infinite send_s mode  
3
0h  
enabled xcorr debug for send_s. Valid only if 0x561[0] is 1b0  
0h = Normal send_s debug. Refer to 0x561[1]  
1h = Enabled xcorr debug  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
86  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-96. TEST_MEM_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
2
cfg_ecc_en  
R/W  
0h  
Enable ECC logic for RS decoder memory  
0h = ECC encoding/decoding is disabled  
1h = ECC encoding/decoding is enabled  
1
0
cfg_test_mem_sigdet_deb R/W  
ug  
0h  
0h  
Enable sidget debug mode in test mem send s mode Valid only if  
0x561[0] is 1b0  
0h = Test mem written in send s mode only on state transition  
1h = Enable sigdet debug mode in test mem send s mode  
cfg_pcs_test_mem_mode R/W  
Choose send s or train rx test mem mode  
0h = Send s info on test mem  
1h = Train rx info on test mem  
8.6.2.1.74 FORCE_CTRL1 Register (Offset = 573h) [Reset = 0h]  
FORCE_CTRL1 is shown in Table 8-97.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-97. FORCE_CTRL1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-9  
8
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_force_link_sync_state R/W  
_en  
0h  
0h  
Force link sync state enable  
Force link sync state value  
7-0  
cfg_force_link_sync_state R/W  
_val  
8.6.2.1.75 MBIST_CTRL Register (Offset = 580h) [Reset = 0h]  
MBIST_CTRL is shown in Table 8-98.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-98. MBIST_CTRL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-7  
6
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
dftreadb_0  
dftreada_0  
test_resume_h  
rst_l  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
5
4
3
2
test_h  
1
tmb_0  
0
tma_0  
8.6.2.1.76 MBIST_STAT Register (Offset = 581h) [Reset = 0h]  
MBIST_STAT is shown in Table 8-99.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-99. MBIST_STAT Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-3  
2
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
fail_h_0  
tst_done  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
1
R
0h  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
87  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-99. MBIST_STAT Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
0
start_retention_h  
R
0h  
8.6.2.1.77 RGMII_CTRL Register (Offset = 600h) [Reset = 120h]  
RGMII_CTRL is shown in Table 8-100.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-100. RGMII_CTRL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-10  
9-7  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
rgmii_rx_half_full_th  
rgmii_tx_half_full_th  
rgmii_tx_if_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
2h  
2h  
0h  
RGMII RX sync FIFO half full threshold  
RGMII TX sync FIFO half full threshold  
6-4  
3
RGMII enable bit Default from strap  
0h = RGMII disable  
1h = RGMII enable  
2
1
0
invert_rgmii_txd  
invert_rgmii_rxd  
sup_tx_err_fd  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Invert RGMII Tx wire order - full swap [3:0] to [0:3]  
0h = Keep RGMII Tx wire order same - [3:  
1h = Invert RGMII Tx wire order - [3:  
Invert RGMII Rx wire order - full swap [3:0] to [0:3]  
0h = Keep RGMII Rx wire order same - [3:  
1h = Invert RGMII Rx wire order - [3:  
1: suppress tx_err in full duplex mode when tx_en set to zero 0:  
allow tx_err assertion to PHY when tx_en set to zero (this bit can  
disable the TX_ERR indication input)  
0h = allow tx_err assertion to PHY when tx_en set to zero  
1h = suppress tx_err in full duplex mode when tx_en set to zero  
8.6.2.1.78 RGMII_FIFO_STATUS Register (Offset = 601h) [Reset = 0h]  
RGMII_FIFO_STATUS is shown in Table 8-101.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-101. RGMII_FIFO_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-4  
3
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
rgmii_rx_af_full_err  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W0C  
0h  
RGMII RX fifo full error  
0h = No empty fifo error  
1h = RGMII TX full error has been indicated  
2
1
0
rgmii_rx_af_empty_err  
rgmii_tx_af_full_err  
R/W0C  
R/W0C  
R/W0C  
0h  
0h  
0h  
RGMII RX fifo empty error  
0h = No empty fifo error  
1h = RGMII RX empty error has been indicated  
RGMII TX fifo full error  
0h = No empty fifo error  
1h = RGMII TX full error has been indicated  
rgmii_tx_af_empty_err  
RGMII TX fifo empty error  
0h = No empty fifo error  
1h = RGMII TX empty error has been indicated  
8.6.2.1.79 RGMII_DELAY_CTRL Register (Offset = 602h) [Reset = 0h]  
RGMII_DELAY_CTRL is shown in Table 8-102.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
88  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-102. RGMII_DELAY_CTRL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-2  
1
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
rx_clk_sel  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
In RGMII mode, Enable or disable the internal delay for RXD wrt  
RX_CLK (use this mode when RGMII_RX_CLK and RGMII_RXD are  
aligned). The delay magnitude can be configured by programming  
register 0x430[7:4]  
0h = clock and data are aligned  
1h = clock on PIN is delayed by 90 degrees relative to RGMII_RX  
data  
0
tx_clk_sel  
R/W  
0h  
In RGMII mode, Enable or disable the internal delay for TXD wrt  
TX_CLK (use this mode when RGMII_TX_CLK and RGMII_TXD are  
aligned). The delay magnitude can be configured by programming  
register 0x430[11:8]  
0h = clock and data are aligned  
1h = clock is internally delayed by 90 degrees  
8.6.2.1.80 SGMII_CTRL_1 Register (Offset = 608h) [Reset = 7Bh]  
SGMII_CTRL_1 is shown in Table 8-103.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-103. SGMII_CTRL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
sgmii_tx_err_dis  
R/W  
0h  
1 = Disable SGMII TX Error indication 0 = Enable SGMII TX Error  
indication  
0h = Enable SGMII TX Error indication  
1h = Disable SGMII TX Error indication  
14  
cfg_align_idx_force  
cfg_align_idx_value  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
Force word boundray index selection  
13-10  
when cfg_align_idx_force = 1 This value set the iword boundray  
index  
9
8
cfg_sgmii_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
0h  
3h  
SGMII enable bit Default from strap  
0h = SGMII disable  
1h = SGMII enable  
cfg_sgmii_rx_pol_invert  
cfg_sgmii_tx_pol_invert  
serdes_tx_bits_order  
SGMII RX bus invert polarity  
0h = Polarity not inverted  
1h = SGMII RX bus invert polarity  
7
SGMII TX bus invert polarity  
0h = Polarity not inverted  
1h = SGMII TX bus invert polarity  
6-5  
SERDES TX bits order (input to digital core) : 00 - MSB-first in every  
SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data goes to LSB of comma  
detects 20bits bus (default) 01 - LSB-first in every SERDES data (10  
bits) , 1st SERDES data goes to LSB of comma detects 20bits bus  
10 - MSB-first in every SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data  
goes to MSB of comma detects 20bits bus 11 - LSB-first in every  
SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data goes to MSB of comma  
detects 20bits bus  
0h = MSB-first in every SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data  
goes to LSB of comma detects 20bits bus (default)  
1h = LSB-first in every SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data  
goes to LSB of comma detects 20bits bus  
2h = MSB-first in every SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data  
goes to MSB of comma detects 20bits bus  
3h = LSB-first in every SERDES data (10 bits) , 1st SERDES data  
goes to MSB of comma detects 20bits bus  
4
serdes_rx_bits_order  
R/W  
1h  
SERDES RX bits order (output of digital core) : 0 - MSB-first 1 -  
LSB-first (reversed order)  
0h = MSB-first  
1h = LSB-first (reversed order)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
89  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-103. SGMII_CTRL_1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
3
cfg_align_pkt_en  
R/W  
1h  
For aligning the start of read out TX packet (towards serializer) w/  
tx_even pulse. To sync with the Code_Group/OSET FSM code slots.  
Default is 1, when using 0 we go back to Gemini code  
2-1  
sgmii_autoneg_timer  
mr_an_enable  
R/W  
R/W  
1h  
1h  
Selects duration of SGMII Auto-Negotiation timer: 00: 1.6ms 01: 2us  
10: 800us 11: 11ms  
0h = 1.6ms  
1h = 2us  
2h = 800us  
3h = 11ms  
0
1 = Enable SGMII Auto-Negotaition 0 = Disable SGMII Auto-  
Negotiation  
0h = Disable SGMII Auto-Negotiation  
1h = Enable SGMII Auto-Negotaition  
8.6.2.1.81 SGMII_EEE_CTRL_1 Register (Offset = 609h) [Reset = 6318h]  
SGMII_EEE_CTRL_1 is shown in Table 8-104.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-104. SGMII_EEE_CTRL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-11  
10-6  
5-1  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset  
Description  
cfg_tx_tr_timer_val  
cfg_tx_tq_timer_val  
cfg_tx_ts_timer_val  
Ch  
Ch  
Ch  
0
cfg_support_non_eee_ma R/W  
c_sgmii_en  
0h  
special mode to support non sgmii eee mac in eee mode in the phy  
8.6.2.1.82 SGMII_STATUS Register (Offset = 60Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
SGMII_STATUS is shown in Table 8-105.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-105. SGMII_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-13  
12  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
sgmii_page_received  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
Indicates that a new auto neg page was received  
0h = No new auto neg page received  
1h = A new auto neg page received  
11  
10  
link_status_1000bx  
mr_an_complete  
sgmii link status  
0h = SGMII link down  
1h = SGMII link up  
sgmii autoneg complete indication  
0h = SGMII autoneg not completed  
1h = SGMII autoneg completed  
9
8
cfg_align_en  
R
R
0h  
0h  
word boundary FSM - align indication  
cfg_sync_status  
word boundary FSM - sync status indication  
0h = sync not achieved  
1h = sync achieved  
7-4  
3-0  
cfg_align_idx  
cfg_state  
R
R
0h  
0h  
word boundary index selection  
word boundary FSM state  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
90  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.83 SGMII_EEE_CTRL_2 Register (Offset = 60Bh) [Reset = 5h]  
SGMII_EEE_CTRL_2 is shown in Table 8-106.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-106. SGMII_EEE_CTRL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-4  
3-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
5h  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_rx_quiet_timer_val  
R
Reserved  
R/W  
8.6.2.1.84 SGMII_CTRL_2 Register (Offset = 60Ch) [Reset = 1Bh]  
SGMII_CTRL_2 is shown in Table 8-107.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-107. SGMII_CTRL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-9  
8
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
sgmii_signal_detect_force R/W  
_val  
0h  
0h  
SGMII cdr lock force value  
SGMII cdr lock force enable  
7
sgmii_signal_detect_force R/W  
_en  
6
mr_restart_an  
tx_half_full_th  
rx_half_full_th  
R/WSC,0  
0h  
3h  
3h  
Restart sgmii autonegotiation  
5-3  
2-0  
R/W  
R/W  
SGMII TX sync FIFO half full threshold  
SGMII RX sync FIFO half full threshold  
8.6.2.1.85 SGMII_FIFO_STATUS Register (Offset = 60Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
SGMII_FIFO_STATUS is shown in Table 8-108.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-108. SGMII_FIFO_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-4  
3
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
sgmii_rx_af_full_err  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W0C  
0h  
SGMII RX fifo full error  
0h = No error indication  
1h = SGMII RX fifo full error has been indicated  
2
1
0
sgmii_rx_af_empty_err  
sgmii_tx_af_full_err  
R/W0C  
R/W0C  
R/W0C  
0h  
0h  
0h  
SGMII RX fifo empty error  
0h = No error indication  
1h = SGMII RX fifo empty error has been indicated  
SGMII TX fifo full error  
0h = No error indication  
1h = SGMII TX fifo full error has been indicated  
sgmii_tx_af_empty_err  
SGMII TX fifo empty error  
0h = No error indication  
1h = SGMII TX fifo empty error has been indicated  
8.6.2.1.86 PRBS_STATUS_1 Register (Offset = 618h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_1 is shown in Table 8-109.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
91  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-109. PRBS_STATUS_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
prbs_err_ov_cnt  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Holds number of error counter overflow that received by the PRBS  
checker. Value in this register is locked when write is done to register  
prbs_status_6 bit[0] or bit[1]. Counter stops on 0xFF. Note: when  
PRBS counters work in single mode, overflow counter is not active  
8.6.2.1.87 PRBS_CTRL_1 Register (Offset = 619h) [Reset = 574h]  
PRBS_CTRL_1 is shown in Table 8-110.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-110. PRBS_CTRL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-14  
13  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_pkt_gen_64  
send_pkt  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
12  
R/WMC,0  
Enables generating MAC packet with fix/incremental data w CRC  
(pkt_gen_en has to be set and cfg_pkt_gen_prbs has to be clear)  
Cleared automatically when pkt_done is set  
0h = Stop MAC packet  
1h = Transmit MAC packet w CRC  
11  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
5h  
Reserved  
10-8  
cfg_prbs_chk_sel  
R/W  
000 : Checker receives from RGMII TX 001 : Checker receives  
SGMII TX 101 : Checker receives from Cu RX  
0h = Checker receives from RGMII TX  
1h = Checker receives SGMII TX  
5h = Checker receives from Cu RX  
7
RESERVED  
R
0h  
7h  
Reserved  
6-4  
cfg_prbs_gen_sel  
R/W  
000 : PRBS transmits to RGMII RX 001 : PRBS transmits to SGMII  
RX 101 : PRBS transmits to Cu TX  
0h = PRBS transmits to RGMII RX  
1h = PRBS transmits to SGMII RX  
5h = PRBS transmits to Cu TX  
3
cfg_prbs_cnt_mode  
R/W  
0h  
1 = Continuous mode, when one of the PRBS counters reaches  
max value, pulse is generated and counter starts counting from zero  
again 0 = Single mode, When one of the PRBS counters reaches  
max value, PRBS checker stops counting.  
0h = Single mode, When one of the PRBS counters reaches max  
value, PRBS checker stops counting.  
1h = Continuous mode, when one of the PRBS counters reaches  
max value, pulse is generated and counter starts counting from zero  
again  
2
1
cfg_prbs_chk_enable  
cfg_pkt_gen_prbs  
R/W  
R/W  
1h  
0h  
Enable PRBS checker xbar (to receive data) To be enabled for  
counters in 0x63C, 0x63D, 0x63E to work  
0h = Disable PRBS checker  
1h = Enable PRBS checker  
If set: (1) When pkt_gen_en is set, PRBS packets are generated  
continuously (3) When pkt_gen_en is cleared, PRBS RX checker is  
still enabled If cleared: (1) When pkt_gen_en is set, non - PRBS  
packet is generated (3) When pkt_gen_en is cleared, PRBS RX  
checker is disabled as well  
0h = Stop PRBS packet  
1h = Transmit PRBS packet  
0
pkt_gen_en  
R/W  
0h  
1 = Enable packet/PRBS generator 0 = Disable packet/PRBS  
generator  
0h = Disable packet/PRBS generator  
1h = Enable packet/PRBS generator  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
92  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.88 PRBS_CTRL_2 Register (Offset = 61Ah) [Reset = 5DCh]  
PRBS_CTRL_2 is shown in Table 8-111.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-111. PRBS_CTRL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
cfg_pkt_len_prbs  
R/W  
5DCh  
Length (in bytes) of PRBS packets and MAC packets w CRC  
8.6.2.1.89 PRBS_CTRL_3 Register (Offset = 61Bh) [Reset = 7Dh]  
PRBS_CTRL_3 is shown in Table 8-112.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-112. PRBS_CTRL_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
7Dh  
Description  
Reserved  
Inter-packet gap (in bytes) between packets  
RESERVED  
cfg_ipg_len  
R
R/W  
8.6.2.1.90 PRBS_STATUS_2 Register (Offset = 61Ch) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_2 is shown in Table 8-113.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-113. PRBS_STATUS_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
prbs_byte_cnt  
R
0h  
Holds number of total bytes that received by the PRBS checker.  
Value in this register is locked when write is done to register  
prbs_status_6 bit[0] or bit[1]. When PRBS Count Mode set to zero,  
count stops on 0xFFFF  
8.6.2.1.91 PRBS_STATUS_3 Register (Offset = 61Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_3 is shown in Table 8-114.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-114. PRBS_STATUS_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
prbs_pkt_cnt_15_0  
R
0h  
Bits [15:0] of number of total packets received by the PRBS checker  
Value in this register is locked when write is done to register  
prbs_status_6 bit[0] or bit[1]. When PRBS Count Mode set to zero,  
count stops on 0xFFFFFFFF  
8.6.2.1.92 PRBS_STATUS_4 Register (Offset = 61Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_4 is shown in Table 8-115.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
93  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-115. PRBS_STATUS_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
prbs_pkt_cnt_31_16  
R
0h  
Bits [31:16] of number of total packets received by the PRBS  
checker Value in this register is locked when write is done to register  
prbs_status_6 bit[0] or bit[1]. When PRBS Count Mode set to zero,  
count stops on 0xFFFFFFFF  
8.6.2.1.93 PRBS_STATUS_6 Register (Offset = 620h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_6 is shown in Table 8-116.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-116. PRBS_STATUS_6 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-13  
12  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
pkt_done  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
0h  
Set when all MAC packets w CRC are transmitted  
0h = MAC packet transmission in progress  
1h = MAC packets transmission completed  
11  
10  
9
pkt_gen_busy  
prbs_pkt_ov  
prbs_byte_ov  
prbs_lock  
R
1 = Packet generator is in process 0 = Packet generator is not in  
process  
0h = Packet generator is not in process  
1h = Packet generator is in process  
R
R
R
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
If set, packet counter reached overflow Overflow is cleared when  
PRBS counters are cleared - done by setting bit #1 of prbs_status_6  
0h = No overflow  
1h = Packet counter overflow  
If set, bytes counter reached overflow Overflow is cleared when  
PRBS counters are cleared - done by setting bit #1of prbs_status_6  
0h = No overflow  
1h = byte counter overflow  
8
1 = PRBS checker is locked sync) on received byte stream 0 =  
PRBS checker is not locked  
0h = PRBS checker is not locked  
1h = PRBS checker is locked sync) on received byte stream  
7-0  
prbs_err_cnt  
Holds number of errored bits received by the PRBS checker Value  
in this register is locked when write is done to bit[0] or bit[1] When  
PRBS Count Mode set to zero, count stops on 0xFF Notes: Writing  
bit 0 generates a lock signal for the PRBS counters. Writing bit 1  
generates a lock and clear signal for the PRBS counters  
8.6.2.1.94 PRBS_STATUS_8 Register (Offset = 622h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_8 is shown in Table 8-117.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-117. PRBS_STATUS_8 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pkt_err_cnt_15_0  
R
0h  
Bits [15:0] of number of total packets with error received by the  
PRBS checker Value in this register is locked when write is done to  
register prbs_status_6 bit[0] or bit[1]. When PRBS Count Mode set to  
zero, count stops on 0xFFFFFFFF  
8.6.2.1.95 PRBS_STATUS_9 Register (Offset = 623h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_STATUS_9 is shown in Table 8-118.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
94  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-118. PRBS_STATUS_9 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pkt_err_cnt_31_16  
R
0h  
Bits [31:16] of number of total packets with error received by the  
PRBS checker Value in this register is locked when write is done to  
register prbs_status_6 bit[0] or bit[1]. When PRBS Count Mode set to  
zero, count stops on 0xFFFFFFFF  
8.6.2.1.96 PRBS_CTRL_4 Register (Offset = 624h) [Reset = 5511h]  
PRBS_CTRL_4 is shown in Table 8-119.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-119. PRBS_CTRL_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-8  
7-6  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
cfg_pkt_data  
cfg_pkt_mode  
R/W  
55h  
Fixed data to be sent in Fix data mode  
R/W  
R/W  
0h  
2h  
2b00 - Incremental 2b01 - Fixed 2b1x - PRBS  
0h = Incremental  
1h = Fixed  
5-3  
cfg_pattern_vld_bytes  
Number of bytes of valid pattern in packet (Max - 6)  
0h = 0 bytes  
1h = 1 bytes  
2h = 2 bytes  
3h = 3 bytes  
4h = 4 bytes  
5h = 5 bytes  
6h = 6 bytes  
7h = 6 bytes  
2-0  
cfg_pkt_cnt  
R/W  
1h  
000b = 1 packet 001b = 10 packets 010b = 100 packets 011b =  
1000 packets 100b = 10000 packets 101b = 100000 packets 110b =  
1000000 packets 111b = Continuous packets  
0h = 1 packet  
1h = 10 packets  
2h = 100 packets  
3h = 1000 packets  
4h = 10000 packets  
5h = 100000 packets  
6h = 1000000 packets  
7h = Continuous packets  
8.6.2.1.97 PRBS_CTRL_5 Register (Offset = 625h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_CTRL_5 is shown in Table 8-120.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-120. PRBS_CTRL_5 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pattern_15_0  
R/W  
0h  
Bits 15:0 of pattern  
8.6.2.1.98 PRBS_CTRL_6 Register (Offset = 626h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_CTRL_6 is shown in Table 8-121.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-121. PRBS_CTRL_6 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pattern_31_16  
R/W  
0h  
Bits 31:16 of pattern  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
95  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.99 PRBS_CTRL_7 Register (Offset = 627h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_CTRL_7 is shown in Table 8-122.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-122. PRBS_CTRL_7 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pattern_47_32  
R/W  
0h  
Bits 47:32 of pattern  
8.6.2.1.100 PRBS_CTRL_8 Register (Offset = 628h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_CTRL_8 is shown in Table 8-123.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-123. PRBS_CTRL_8 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pmatch_data_15_0  
R/W  
0h  
Bits 15:0 of Perfect Match Data - used for DA (destination address)  
match  
8.6.2.1.101 PRBS_CTRL_9 Register (Offset = 629h) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_CTRL_9 is shown in Table 8-124.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-124. PRBS_CTRL_9 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pmatch_data_31_16  
R/W  
0h  
Bits 31:16 of Perfect Match Data - used for DA (destination address)  
match  
8.6.2.1.102 PRBS_CTRL_10 Register (Offset = 62Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
PRBS_CTRL_10 is shown in Table 8-125.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-125. PRBS_CTRL_10 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
pmatch_data_47_32  
R/W  
0h  
Bits 47:32 of Perfect Match Data - used for DA (destination address)  
match  
8.6.2.1.103 CRC_STATUS Register (Offset = 638h) [Reset = 0h]  
CRC_STATUS is shown in Table 8-126.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-126. CRC_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-2  
1
Field  
Type  
Reset  
0h  
0h  
Description  
RESERVED  
rx_bad_crc  
R
Reserved  
R
CRC error indication in packet received on Cu RX  
0h = No CRC error  
1h = CRC error  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
96  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-126. CRC_STATUS Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
0
tx_bad_crc  
R
0h  
CRC error indication in packet transmitted on Cu TX  
0h = No CRC error  
1h = CRC error  
8.6.2.1.104 PKT_STAT_1 Register (Offset = 639h) [Reset = 0h]  
PKT_STAT_1 is shown in Table 8-127.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-127. PKT_STAT_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
tx_pkt_cnt_15_0  
0h  
Lower 16 bits of Tx packet counter Note : Register is cleared when  
0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B are read in sequence  
8.6.2.1.105 PKT_STAT_2 Register (Offset = 63Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
PKT_STAT_2 is shown in Table 8-128.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-128. PKT_STAT_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
tx_pkt_cnt_31_16  
0h  
Upper 16 bits of Tx packet counter Note : Register is cleared when  
0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B are read in sequence  
8.6.2.1.106 PKT_STAT_3 Register (Offset = 63Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
PKT_STAT_3 is shown in Table 8-129.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-129. PKT_STAT_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
tx_err_pkt_cnt  
0h  
Tx packet w error (CRC error) counter Note : Register is cleared  
when 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B are read in sequence  
8.6.2.1.107 PKT_STAT_4 Register (Offset = 63Ch) [Reset = 0h]  
PKT_STAT_4 is shown in Table 8-130.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-130. PKT_STAT_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
rx_pkt_cnt_15_0  
0h  
Lower 16 bits of Rx packet counter Note : Register is cleared when  
0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E are read in sequence  
8.6.2.1.108 PKT_STAT_5 Register (Offset = 63Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
PKT_STAT_5 is shown in Table 8-131.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
97  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-131. PKT_STAT_5 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
rx_pkt_cnt_31_16  
0h  
Upper 16 bits of Rx packet counter Note : Register is cleared when  
0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E are read in sequence  
8.6.2.1.109 PKT_STAT_6 Register (Offset = 63Eh) [Reset = 0h]  
PKT_STAT_6 is shown in Table 8-132.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-132. PKT_STAT_6 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
rx_err_pkt_cnt  
0h  
Rx packet w error (CRC error) counter Note : Register is cleared  
when 0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E are read in sequence  
8.6.2.1.110 DSP_REG_0 Register (Offset = 800h) [Reset = 0h]  
DSP_REG_0 is shown in Table 8-133.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-133. DSP_REG_0 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
cfg_deq_bypass  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
R
R
R/W  
R
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
R
8
R
7
R
6
R
5
R
4
R
3
R
2
R
1
R
0
R
8.6.2.1.111 SQI_REG_1 Register (Offset = 871h) [Reset = 0h]  
SQI_REG_1 is shown in Table 8-134.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-134. SQI_REG_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
7-5  
4
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
worst_sqi_out  
RESERVED  
0h  
3 bit Worst SQI since last read (see SQI mapping above)  
Reserved  
R
0h  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
98  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-134. SQI_REG_1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
3-1  
sqi_out  
R
0h  
3 bit SQI - (mse here refers to Mean Square Error 0x875[9:0]) 0b000  
= MSE > 102 0b001 = 81 < MSE ≤102 0b010 = 65 < MSE ≤ 81  
0b011 = 51 < MSE ≤ 65 0b100 = 41 < MSE ≤ 51 0b101 = 32 < MSE  
≤ 41 0b110 = 25 < MSE ≤ 32 0b111 = MSE ≤ 25  
0
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.112 SQI_1 Register (Offset = 8ADh) [Reset = 3051h]  
SQI_1 is shown in Table 8-135.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-135. SQI_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset  
Description  
15-12  
11-10  
cfg_hist_1_2  
cfg_acc_window_sel  
3h  
Hysteresis between SQI value 1 and 2  
0h  
Accumulator window select - 00b = 90us 01b = 180us 10b = 360us  
11b = 720us  
9-0  
cfg_sqi_th_1_2  
R/W  
51h  
Threshold between SQI value 1 and 2  
8.6.2.1.113 SQI_2 Register (Offset = 8EDh) [Reset = 3041h]  
SQI_2 is shown in Table 8-136.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-136. SQI_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11-10  
9-0  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R
Reset  
Description  
cfg_hist_2_3  
RESERVED  
cfg_sqi_th_2_3  
3h  
Hysteresis between SQI value 2 and 3  
Reserved  
0h  
R/W  
41h  
Threshold between SQI value 2 and 3  
8.6.2.1.114 SQI_3 Register (Offset = 8EFh) [Reset = 3033h]  
SQI_3 is shown in Table 8-137.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-137. SQI_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11-10  
9-0  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R
Reset  
Description  
cfg_hist_3_4  
RESERVED  
cfg_sqi_th_3_4  
3h  
Hysteresis between SQI value 3 and 4  
Reserved  
0h  
R/W  
33h  
Threshold between SQI value 3 and 4  
8.6.2.1.115 SQI_4 Register (Offset = 8F0h) [Reset = 3029h]  
SQI_4 is shown in Table 8-138.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-138. SQI_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R
Reset  
Description  
15-12  
11-10  
cfg_hist_4_5  
RESERVED  
3h  
Hysteresis between SQI value 4 and 5  
Reserved  
0h  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
99  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-138. SQI_4 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
9-0  
cfg_sqi_th_4_5  
R/W  
29h  
Threshold between SQI value 4 and 5  
8.6.2.1.116 SQI_5 Register (Offset = 8F1h) [Reset = 2020h]  
SQI_5 is shown in Table 8-139.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-139. SQI_5 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11-10  
9-0  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R
Reset  
Description  
cfg_hist_5_6  
RESERVED  
cfg_sqi_th_5_6  
2h  
Hysteresis between SQI value 5 and 6  
Reserved  
0h  
R/W  
20h  
Threshold between SQI value 5 and 6  
8.6.2.1.117 SQI_6 Register (Offset = 8F2h) [Reset = 2019h]  
SQI_6 is shown in Table 8-140.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Table 8-140. SQI_6 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11-10  
9-0  
Field  
Type  
R/W  
R
Reset  
Description  
cfg_hist_6_7  
RESERVED  
cfg_sqi_th_6_7  
2h  
Hysteresis between SQI value 6 and 7  
Reserved  
0h  
R/W  
19h  
Threshold between SQI value 6 and 7  
8.6.2.1.118 PMA_PMD_CONTROL_1 Register (Offset = 1000h) [Reset = 0h]  
PMA_PMD_CONTROL_1 is shown in Table 8-141.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-141. PMA_PMD_CONTROL_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
pma_reset_2  
R
0h  
1 = PMA/PMD reset 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit, self  
clearing Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = PMA/PMD reset  
14-12  
11  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_low_power_2  
1 = Low-power mode 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = Low-power mode  
10-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.119 PMA_PMD_CONTROL_2 Register (Offset = 1007h) [Reset = 3Dh]  
PMA_PMD_CONTROL_2 is shown in Table 8-142.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
100 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-142. PMA_PMD_CONTROL_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-6  
5-0  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_pma_type_selection  
R/W  
3Dh  
BASE-T1 type selection for device Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
3Dh = BASE-T1 type selection for device  
8.6.2.1.120 PMA_PMD_TRANSMIT_DISABLE Register (Offset = 1009h) [Reset = 0h]  
PMA_PMD_TRANSMIT_DISABLE is shown in Table 8-143.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-143. PMA_PMD_TRANSMIT_DISABLE Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-1  
0
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_transmit_disable_2  
R
0h  
1 = Transmit disable 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = Transmit disable  
8.6.2.1.121 PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY2 Register (Offset = 100Bh) [Reset = 800h]  
PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY2 is shown in Table 8-144.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-144. PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
base_t1_extended_abilitie  
s
R
1h  
1 = PMA/PMD has BASE-T1 extended abilities listed in register 1.18  
0 = PMA/PMD does not have BASE-T1 extended abilities Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PMA/PMD does not have BASE-T1 extended abilities  
1h = PMA/PMD has BASE-T1 extended abilities listed in register  
1.18  
10-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.122 PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY Register (Offset = 1012h) [Reset = 2h]  
PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY is shown in Table 8-145.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-145. PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-2  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 101  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-145. PMA_PMD_EXTENDED_ABILITY Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
1
mr_1000_base_t1_ability  
R
1h  
1 = PMA/PMD is able to perform 1000BASE-T1 0 = PMA/PMD is  
not able to perform 1000BASE-T1 Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
0h = PMA/PMD is not able to perform 1000BASE-T1  
1h = PMA/PMD is able to perform 1000BASE-T1  
0
mr_100_base_t1_ability  
R
0h  
1 = PMA/PMD is able to perform 100BASE-T1 0 = PMA/PMD is  
not able to perform 100BASE-T1 Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
0h = PMA/PMD is not able to perform 100BASE-T1  
1h = PMA/PMD is able to perform 100BASE-T1  
8.6.2.1.123 PMA_PMD_CONTROL Register (Offset = 1834h) [Reset = 8000h]  
PMA_PMD_CONTROL is shown in Table 8-146.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-146. PMA_PMD_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15  
14  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_master_slave_val  
R
1h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
1 = Configure PHY as MASTER 0 = Configure PHY as SLAVE Note -  
0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Configure PHY as SLAVE  
1h = Configure PHY as MASTER  
13-4  
3-0  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.124 PMA_CONTROL Register (Offset = 1900h) [Reset = 0h]  
PMA_CONTROL is shown in Table 8-147.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-147. PMA_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
pma_reset  
R
0h  
1 = PMA/PMD reset 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit, self  
clearing Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = PMA/PMD reset  
14  
cfg_transmit_disable  
R
0h  
1 = Transmit disable 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = Transmit disable  
13-12  
11  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
cfg_low_power  
1 = Low-power mode 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = Low-power mode  
10-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
102 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.125 PMA_STATUS Register (Offset = 1901h) [Reset = 900h]  
PMA_STATUS is shown in Table 8-148.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-148. PMA_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
oam_ability  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
1h  
1 = PHY has 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability 0 = PHY does not  
have 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
0h = PHY does not have 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability  
1h = PHY has 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability  
10  
9
eee_ability  
R
R
0h  
0h  
1 = PHY has EEE ability 0 = PHY does not have EEE ability Note -  
0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PHY does not have EEE ability  
1h = PHY has EEE ability  
receive_fault_ability  
1 = PMA/PMD has the ability to detect a fault condition on the  
receive path 0 = PMA/PMD does not have the ability to detect a  
fault condition on the receive path Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
0h = PMA/PMD does not have the ability to detect a fault condition  
on the receive path  
1h = PMA/PMD has the ability to detect a fault condition on the  
receive path  
8
low_power_ability  
R
1h  
1 = PMA/PMD has low-power ability 0 = PMA/PMD does not have  
low-power ability Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PMA/PMD does not have low-power ability  
1h = PMA/PMD has low-power ability  
7-3  
2
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
receive_polarity  
1 = Receive polarity is reversed 0 = Receive polarity is not reversed  
Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Receive polarity is not reversed  
1h = Receive polarity is reversed  
1
0
receive_fault  
R
0h  
0h  
1 = Fault condition detected 0 = Fault condition not detected Note -  
0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Fault condition not detected  
1h = Fault condition detected  
pma_receive_link_status_l R/W0S  
l
1 = PMA/PMD receive link up 0 = PMA/PMD receive link down Note -  
0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PMA/PMD receive link down  
1h = PMA/PMD receive link up  
8.6.2.1.126 TRAINING Register (Offset = 1902h) [Reset = 2h]  
TRAINING is shown in Table 8-149.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-149. TRAINING Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-11  
10-4  
RESERVED  
cfg_training_user_fld  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
0h  
7-bit user defined field to send to the link partner Note - 0x1 added in  
[15:12] to differentiate  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 103  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-149. TRAINING Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
3-2  
1
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
cfg_oam_en  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W  
1h  
1 = 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability advertised to link partner 0 =  
1000BASE-T1 OAM ability not advertised to link partner Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability not advertised to link partner  
1h = 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability advertised to link partner  
0
cfg_eee_en  
R/W  
0h  
1 = EEE ability advertised to link partner 0 = EEE ability not  
advertised to link partner Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = EEE ability not advertised to link partner  
1h = EEE ability advertised to link partner  
8.6.2.1.127 LP_TRAINING Register (Offset = 1903h) [Reset = 0h]  
LP_TRAINING is shown in Table 8-150.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-150. LP_TRAINING Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-11  
10-4  
RESERVED  
lp_training_user_fld  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R
0h  
7-bit user defined field received from the link partner Note - 0x1  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
3-2  
1
RESERVED  
lp_oam_adv  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
1 = Link partner has 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability 0 = Link partner  
does not have 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability Note - 0x1 added in  
[15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Link partner does not have 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability  
1h = Link partner has 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability  
0
lp_eee_adv  
R
0h  
1 = Link partner has EEE ability 0 = Link partner does not have EEE  
ability Note - 0x1 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Link partner does not have EEE ability  
1h = Link partner has EEE ability  
8.6.2.1.128 TEST_MODE_CONTROL Register (Offset = 1904h) [Reset = 0h]  
TEST_MODE_CONTROL is shown in Table 8-151.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x1) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
104 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-151. TEST_MODE_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-13  
cfg_test_mode  
R/W  
0h  
111b = Test mode 7 110b = Test mode 6 101b = Test mode 5 100b  
= Test mode 4 011b = Reserved 010b = Test mode 2 001b = Test  
mode 1 000b = Normal (non-test) operation Note - 0x1 added in  
[15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal (non-test) operation  
1h = Test mode 1  
2h = Test mode 2  
3h = Reserved  
4h = Test mode 4  
5h = Test mode 5  
6h = Test mode 6  
7h = Test mode 7  
12-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.129 PCS_CONTROL_COPY Register (Offset = 3000h) [Reset = 0h]  
PCS_CONTROL_COPY is shown in Table 8-152.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-152. PCS_CONTROL_COPY Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
pcs_reset_2  
R
0h  
1 = PCS reset 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit, self clear bit Note  
- 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = PCS reset  
14  
mmd3_loopback_2  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
1 = Enable loopback mode 0 = Disable loopback mode Note - RW bit  
Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Disable loopback mode  
1h = Enable loopback mode  
13-0  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.130 PCS_CONTROL Register (Offset = 3900h) [Reset = 0h]  
PCS_CONTROL is shown in Table 8-153.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-153. PCS_CONTROL Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
pcs_reset  
R
0h  
1 = PCS reset 0 = Normal operation Note - RW bit, self clear bit Note  
- 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Normal operation  
1h = PCS reset  
14  
mmd3_loopback  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
1 = Enable loopback mode 0 = Disable loopback mode Note - RW bit  
Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Disable loopback mode  
1h = Enable loopback mode  
13-0  
Reserved  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 105  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.131 PCS_STATUS Register (Offset = 3901h) [Reset = 0h]  
PCS_STATUS is shown in Table 8-154.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-154. PCS_STATUS Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-12  
11  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
tx_lpi_received_lh  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/W0C  
0h  
1 = Tx PCS has received LPI 0 = LPI not received Note - 0x3 added  
in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = LPI not received  
1h = Tx PCS has received LPI  
10  
9
rx_lpi_received_lh  
tx_lpi_indication  
rx_lpi_indication  
pcs_fault  
R/W0C  
0h  
0h  
0h  
0h  
1 = Rx PCS has received LPI 0 = LPI not received Note - 0x3 added  
in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = LPI not received  
1h = Rx PCS has received LPI  
R
R
R
R
1 = Tx PCS is currently receiving LPI 0 = PCS is not currently  
receiving LPI Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS is not currently receiving LPI  
1h = Tx PCS is currently receiving LPI  
8
1 = Rx PCS is currently receiving LPI 0 = PCS is not currently  
receiving LPI Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS is not currently receiving LPI  
1h = Rx PCS is currently receiving LPI  
7
1 = Fault condition detected 0 = No fault condition detected Note -  
0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = No fault condition detected  
1h = Fault condition detected  
6-3  
2
RESERVED  
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
pcs_receive_link_status_ll R/W0S  
1 = PCS receive link up 0 = PCS receive link down Note - 0x3 added  
in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS receive link down  
1h = PCS receive link up  
1-0  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
8.6.2.1.132 PCS_STATUS_2 Register (Offset = 3902h) [Reset = 0h]  
PCS_STATUS_2 is shown in Table 8-155.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-155. PCS_STATUS_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-11  
10  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
R
0h  
Reserved  
pcs_receive_link_status  
R
0h  
1 = PCS receive link up 0 = PCS receive link down Note - 0x3 added  
in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS receive link down  
1h = PCS receive link up  
9
hi_rfer  
R
0h  
1 = PCS reporting a high BER 0 = PCS not reporting a high BER  
Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS not reporting a high BER  
1h = PCS reporting a high BER  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
106 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-155. PCS_STATUS_2 Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
8
block_lock  
R
0h  
1 = PCS locked to received blocks 0 = PCS not locked to received  
blocks Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS not locked to received blocks  
1h = PCS locked to received blocks  
7
6
hi_rfer_lh  
R/W0C  
R/W0S  
0h  
0h  
0h  
1 = PCS has reported a high BER 0 = PCS has not reported a high  
BER Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS has not reported a high BER  
1h = PCS has reported a high BER  
block_lock_ll  
ber_count  
1 = PCS has block lock 0 = PCS does not have block lock Note - 0x3  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = PCS does not have block lock  
1h = PCS has block lock  
5-0  
BER counter Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.133 OAM_TRANSMIT Register (Offset = 3904h) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_TRANSMIT is shown in Table 8-156.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-156. OAM_TRANSMIT Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
mr_tx_valid  
R/WMC,0  
0h  
This bit is used to indicate message data in registers 3.2308.11:8,  
3.2309, 3.2310, 3.2311, and 3.2312 are valid and ready to be loaded.  
This bit shall self-clear when registers are loaded by the state  
machine. 1 = Message data in registers are valid 0 = Message data  
in registers are not valid Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Message data in registers are not valid  
1h = Message data in registers are valid  
14  
13  
mr_tx_toggle  
R
0h  
0h  
Toggle value to be transmitted with message. This bit is set by the  
state machine and cannot be overridden by the user. Note - 0x3  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
mr_tx_received  
This bit shall self clear on read. 1 = 1000BASE-T1 OAM message  
received by link partner 0 = 1000BASE-T1 OAM message not  
received by link partner Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = 1000BASE-T1 OAM message not received by link partner  
1h = 1000BASE-T1 OAM message received by link partner  
12  
mr_tx_received_toggle  
mr_tx_message_num  
R
0h  
0h  
Toggle value of message that was received by link partner Note - 0x3  
added in [15:12] to differentiate  
11-8  
R/W  
User-defined message number to send Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
7-4  
3
RESERVED  
mr_rx_ping  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
Received PingTx value from latest good 1000BASE-T1 OAM frame  
received Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
2
mr_tx_ping  
R/W  
0h  
Ping value to send to link partner Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 107  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-156. OAM_TRANSMIT Register Field Descriptions (continued)  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
1-0  
mr_tx_snr  
R
0h  
00 = PHY link is failing and will drop link and relink within 2 ms to 4  
ms after the end of the current 1000BASE-T1 OAM frame. 01 = LPI  
refresh is insufficient to maintain PHY SNR. Request link partner to  
exit LPI and send idles (used only when EEE is enabled). 10 = PHY  
SNR is marginal. 11 = PHY SNR is good. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
0h = PHY link is failing and will drop link and relink within 2 ms to 4  
ms after the end of the current 1000BASE-T1 OAM frame.  
1h = LPI refresh is insufficient to maintain PHY SNR. Request link  
partner to exit LPI and send idles (used only when EEE is enabled).  
2h = PHY SNR is marginal.  
3h = PHY SNR is good.  
8.6.2.1.134 OAM_TX_MESSAGE_1 Register (Offset = 3905h) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_1 is shown in Table 8-157.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-157. OAM_TX_MESSAGE_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_tx_message_15_0  
R/W  
0h  
Message octet 1/0. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.135 OAM_TX_MESSAGE_2 Register (Offset = 3906h) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_2 is shown in Table 8-158.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-158. OAM_TX_MESSAGE_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_tx_message_31_16  
R/W  
0h  
Message octet 3/2. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.136 OAM_TX_MESSAGE_3 Register (Offset = 3907h) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_3 is shown in Table 8-159.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-159. OAM_TX_MESSAGE_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_tx_message_47_32  
R/W  
0h  
Message octet 5/4. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
108 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
8.6.2.1.137 OAM_TX_MESSAGE_4 Register (Offset = 3908h) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_TX_MESSAGE_4 is shown in Table 8-160.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-160. OAM_TX_MESSAGE_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_tx_message_63_48  
R/W  
0h  
Message octet 7/6. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.138 OAM_RECEIVE Register (Offset = 3909h) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_RECEIVE is shown in Table 8-161.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-161. OAM_RECEIVE Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15  
mr_rx_lp_valid  
R
0h  
This bit is used to indicate message data in registers 3.2313.11:8,  
3.2314, 3.2315, 3.2316, and 3.2317 are stored and ready to be read.  
This bit shall self clear when register 3.2317 is read. 1 = Message  
data in registers are valid 0 = Message data in registers are not valid  
Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Message data in registers are not valid  
1h = Message data in registers are valid  
14  
mr_rx_lp_toggle  
R
0h  
Toggle value received with message Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
13-12  
11-8  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
mr_rx_lp_message_num  
Message number from link partner Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to  
differentiate  
7-2  
1-0  
RESERVED  
R
R
0h  
0h  
Reserved  
mr_rx_lp_SNR  
00 = Link partner link is failing and will drop link and relink within 2  
ms to 4 ms after the end of the current 1000BASE-T1 OAM frame.  
01 = LPI refresh is insufficient to maintain link partner SNR. Link  
partner requests local device to exit LPI and send idles (used only  
when EEE is enabled). 10 = Link partner SNR is marginal. 11 = Link  
partner SNR is good Note - 0x3 added in [15:12] to differentiate  
0h = Link partner link is failing and will drop link and relink within 2  
ms to 4 ms after the end of the current 1000BASE-T1 OAM frame.  
1h = LPI refresh is insufficient to maintain link partner SNR. Link  
partner requests local device to exit LPI and send idles (used only  
when EEE is enabled).  
2h = Link partner SNR is marginal.  
3h = Link partner SNR is good  
8.6.2.1.139 OAM_RX_MESSAGE_1 Register (Offset = 390Ah) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_1 is shown in Table 8-162.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 109  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-162. OAM_RX_MESSAGE_1 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_rx_lp_message_15_0  
R
0h  
Message octet 1/0. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.140 OAM_RX_MESSAGE_2 Register (Offset = 390Bh) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_2 is shown in Table 8-163.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-163. OAM_RX_MESSAGE_2 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_rx_lp_message_31_16 R  
0h  
Message octet 3/2. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.141 OAM_RX_MESSAGE_3 Register (Offset = 390Ch) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_3 is shown in Table 8-164.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-164. OAM_RX_MESSAGE_3 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_rx_lp_message_47_32 R  
0h  
Message octet 5/4. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.142 OAM_RX_MESSAGE_4 Register (Offset = 390Dh) [Reset = 0h]  
OAM_RX_MESSAGE_4 is shown in Table 8-165.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x3) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Table 8-165. OAM_RX_MESSAGE_4 Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
15-0  
mr_rx_lp_message_63_48  
0h  
Message octet 7/6. LSB transmitted first. Note - 0x3 added in [15:12]  
to differentiate  
8.6.2.1.143 AN_CFG Register (Offset = 7200h) [Reset = 0h]  
AN_CFG is shown in Table 8-166.  
Return to the Summary Table.  
First nibble (0x7) in the register address is to indicated MMD register space. For register access, ignore the first  
nibble.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
110  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 8-166. AN_CFG Register Field Descriptions  
Bit  
15-1  
0
Field  
Type  
Reset  
Description  
RESERVED  
mr_main_reset  
R
0h  
Reserved  
R/WSC  
0h  
1 = Reset link sync/autoneg Note - RW bit Note - Added 7 to [15:12]  
to differentiate  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
111  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
9 Application and Implementation  
Note  
Information in the following applications sections is not part of the TI component specification,  
and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are responsible for  
determining suitability of components for their purposes, as well as validating and testing their design  
implementation to confirm system functionality.  
9.1 Application Information  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 is a single-port 1-Gbps Automotive Ethernet PHY. It supports IEEE 802.3bp and allows  
for connections to an Ethernet MAC through RGMII. When using the device for Ethernet applications, it is  
necessary to meet certain requirements for normal operation. The following subsections are intended to assist in  
appropriate component selection and required connections.  
9.2 Typical Applications  
DC  
Blocking  
TX_CLK  
CMC  
4
4
TRD_P  
TRD_M  
TX_D[3:0]  
TX_CTRL  
Automotive  
Connector  
ESD  
RX_CLK  
(optional)  
CM  
Termination  
RX_D[3:0]  
RX_CTRL  
VDDIO  
Media Access Controller  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
MDIO  
MDC  
MDI  
Coupling  
ESD  
Shunt  
WAKE  
INT  
GND  
Figure 9-1. Typical Application (RGMII)  
Table 9-1. Recommended Components for MDI Network  
Design Parameter  
Value  
DC Blocking Capacitors 1  
Common-Mode Choke  
0.1 μF  
Murata :DLW32MH101XT2  
Common Mode Termination Resistors 1  
MDI Coupling Capacitor  
ESD Shunt  
1 kΩ  
4.7 nF  
100 kΩ  
1. 1% tolerance components are recommended for margins over spec of return loss and mode conversion.  
9.2.1 Design Requirements  
For these typical applications, use the following as input parameters:  
Table 9-2. Design Parameters  
DESIGN PARAMETER  
VDDIO  
EXAMPLE VALUE  
1.8 V, 2.5 V, or 3.3 V  
10 nF, 100 nF  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDIO (pin 34)  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDIO (pin 22)  
Combined Ferrite Bead for VDDIO  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
BLM18HE102SN1  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
112  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 9-2. Design Parameters (continued)  
DESIGN PARAMETER  
EXAMPLE VALUE  
VDDA  
3.3 V  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDA (pin 11)  
Ferrite Bead for VDDA  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
BLM18KG601SH1  
1 V  
VDD1p0  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDD1P0 (pin 9)  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDA (pin 21)  
Combined Ferrite Bead for VDD1P0  
Vsleep  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
BLM18KG601SH1  
3.3 V  
DC Blocking Capacitors (1)  
0.1 μF  
Common-Mode Choke  
Murata :DLW32MH101XT2  
Common Mode Termination Resistors(1)  
MDI Coupling Capacitor  
ESD Shunt  
1 kΩ  
4.7 nF  
100 kΩ  
25-MHz  
Reference Clock  
(1) 1% tolerance components are recommended to improve return loss and mode conversion  
measurements.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
113  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
10 Power Supply Recommendations  
The DP83TG720R-Q1 is capable of operating with a wide range of IO supply voltages (3.3 V, 2.5 V, or 1.8  
V). No power supply sequencing is required. The recommended power supply de-coupling network is shown in  
following figure :  
Board-supply :  
min decap  
Pins  
Phy[s Supply BOM  
=
34  
10nF  
10nF  
100nF  
100nF  
Ferrite  
vddio  
>=1uF  
22  
>= 2.2uF  
21  
9
10nF  
10nF  
100nF  
100nF  
>= 2.2uF  
>= 2.2uF  
Ferrite  
vdd1p0  
>=1uF  
Ferrite  
vdda3p3  
11  
10nF  
100nF  
>= 2.2uF  
>=1uF  
vsleep  
7
>=1uF  
Figure 10-1. Recommended Supply De-Coupling Network (if sleep mode is used in the application)  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
114  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Board-supply :  
min decap  
Pins  
Phy[s Supply BOM  
=
34  
10nF  
10nF  
100nF  
100nF  
Ferrite  
vddio  
>=1uF  
22  
>= 2.2uF  
21  
9
10nF  
10nF  
100nF  
100nF  
>= 2.2uF  
>= 2.2uF  
Ferrite  
vdd1p0  
>=1uF  
Ferrite  
vdda3p3  
11  
10nF  
100nF  
>= 2.2uF  
>=1uF  
7
Figure 10-2. Recommended Supply De-Coupling Network (if sleep mode is not used in application)  
Table 10-1. Recommended Components for Power Network  
Design Parameter  
Value  
VDDIO  
1.8 V, 2.5 V, or 3.3 V  
10 nF, 100 nF  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDIO (pin 34)  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDIO (pin 22)  
Combined Ferrite Bead for VDDIO  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
BLM18HE102SN1  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
115  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Table 10-1. Recommended Components for Power Network (continued)  
Design Parameter  
Value  
VDDA  
3.3 V  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDA (pin 11)  
Ferrite Bead for VDDA  
VDD1p0  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
BLM18KG601SH1  
1 V  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDD1P0 (pin 9)  
De-Coupling Capacitors VDDA (pin 21)  
Combined Ferrite Bead for VDD1P0  
Vsleep  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
10 nF, 100 nF, 2.2uF  
BLM18KG601SH1  
3.3 V  
Note  
For recommendation on LDOs for VDD1p0 and Vsleep, please refer to the DP83TC811, DP83TG730  
Rollover Document application report.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
116  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
11 Compatibility with TI's 100BT1 PHY  
Following table shows pin comparison between DP83TC811 and DP83TG720. Pins highlighted in bold need  
attention while designing a common board for both 100BT1 and 1000BT1 PHY. 100BT1 and 1000BT1 PHY's  
different BOM requirements can also be taken care by a common board.  
Details and recommendation for common board design can be found in DP83TC811, DP83TG720 Rollover  
Document application report.  
Table 11-1. Pin Comparison Table  
Pin No.  
1
DP83TC811  
DP83TG720  
MDC  
MDC  
2
INT_N  
RESET_N  
XO  
INT_N  
RESET_N  
XO  
3
4
5
XI  
XI  
6
LED_1  
EN  
LED_1  
VSLEEP  
WAKE  
VDD1P0  
INH  
7
8
WAKE  
DNC  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
INH  
VDDA  
TRD_P  
TRD_M  
RX_ER  
RX_DV  
CLKOUT  
TCK  
VDDA  
TRD_P  
TRD_M  
STRP1  
RX_CTRL  
CLKOUT  
DNC  
TDO  
DNC  
TMS  
DNC  
TCK  
DNC  
DNC  
VDD1P0  
VDDIO  
RX_D3  
RX_D2  
RX_D1  
RX_D0  
RX_CLK  
TXCLK  
TX_CTRL  
TX_D3  
TX_D2  
TX_D1  
TX_D0  
VDDIO  
LED_0  
MDIO  
VDDIO  
RX_D3  
RX_D2  
RX_D1  
RX_D0  
RX_CLK  
TXCLK  
TX_EN  
TX_D3  
TX_D2  
TX_D1  
TX_D0  
TX_ER  
LED_0  
MDIO  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
117  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
12 Layout  
12.1 Layout Guidelines  
12.1.1 Signal Traces  
PCB traces are lossy and long traces can degrade signal quality. Traces should be kept short as possible.  
Unless mentioned otherwise, all signal traces should be 50-Ω, single-ended impedance. Differential traces  
should be 50-Ω single-ended and 100-Ω differential. Take care to ensure impedance is controlled throughout.  
Impedance discontinuities will cause reflections leading to emissions and signal integrity issues. Stubs should be  
avoided on all signal traces, especially differential signal pairs.  
Figure 12-1. Differential Signal Trace Routing  
Within the differential pairs, trace lengths should be run parallel to each other and matched in length. Matched  
lengths minimize delay differences, avoiding an increase in common mode noise and emissions. Length  
matching is also important for MAC interface connections. All transmit signal traces should be length matched to  
each other and all receive signal traces should be length matched to each other.  
Ideally, there should be no crossover or vias on signal path traces. Vias present impedance discontinuities and  
should be minimized when possible. Route trace pairs on the same layer. Signals on different layers should not  
cross each other without at least one return path plane between them. Differential pairs should always have  
a constant coupling distance between them. For convenience and efficiency, TI recommends routing critical  
signals first (that is, MDI differential pairs, reference clock, and MAC IF traces).  
12.1.2 Return Path  
A general best practice is to have a solid return path beneath all signal traces. This return path can be  
a continuous ground or DC power plane. Reducing the width of the return path can potentially affect the  
impedance of the signal trace. This effect is more prominent when the width of the return path is comparable to  
the width of the signal trace. Breaks in return path between the signal traces should be avoided at all cost. A  
signal crossing a split plane may cause unpredictable return path currents and could impact signal quality and  
result in emissions issues.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
118  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
Figure 12-2. Power and Ground Plane Breaks  
12.1.3 Physical Medium Attachment  
There must be no metal running beneath the common-mode choke. CMCs can inject noise into metal beneath  
them, which can affect the emissions and immunity performance of the system. Because the DP83TG720R-Q1  
is a voltage mode line driver, no external termination resistors are required. The ESD shunt and MDI coupling  
capacitor should be connected to ground. Ensure that the common mode termination resistors are 1% tolerance  
or better to improve differential coupling.  
12.1.4 Metal Pour  
All metal pours that are not signals or power must be tied to ground. There must be no floating metal in the  
system, and there must be no metal between differential traces.  
12.1.5 PCB Layer Stacking  
To meet signal integrity and performance requirements, minimum four-layer PCB is recommended. However, a  
six-layer PCB and above should be used when possible.  
Figure 12-3. Recommended PCB Layer Stack-Up  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
119  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
13 Device and Documentation Support  
13.1 Receiving Notification of Documentation Updates  
To receive notification of documentation updates, navigate to the device product folder on ti.com. Click on  
Subscribe to updates to register and receive a weekly digest of any product information that has changed. For  
change details, review the revision history included in any revised document.  
13.2 Support Resources  
TI E2Esupport forums are an engineer's go-to source for fast, verified answers and design help — straight  
from the experts. Search existing answers or ask your own question to get the quick design help you need.  
Linked content is provided "AS IS" by the respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do  
not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of Use.  
13.3 Trademarks  
TI E2Eis a trademark of Texas Instruments.  
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
13.4 Electrostatic Discharge Caution  
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled  
with appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.  
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may  
be more susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published  
specifications.  
13.5 Glossary  
TI Glossary  
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
120 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
14 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information  
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most  
current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of  
this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left navigation.  
14.1 Package Option Addendum  
14.1.1 Packaging Information  
Packag  
Status Packag  
Packag Eco Plan  
e Qty  
Lead/Ball  
Finish(4)  
MSL Peak  
Temp (3)  
Op Temp  
(°C)  
Orderable Device  
e
Pins  
Device Marking(5) (6)  
(1)  
(2)  
e Type  
Drawing  
EARLY  
SAMPL VQFN  
E
PDP83TG720SWCST  
Q1  
RHA  
36  
250  
RoHS  
NiPdAu  
MSL3-260C  
-40 to 125  
DP83TG720RWRHAT ACTIV  
Q1  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RHA  
RHA  
36  
36  
250  
RoHS  
RoHS  
NiPdAu  
NiPdAu  
MSL3-260C  
MSL3-260C  
-40 to 125  
-40 to 125  
720R  
720R  
E
DP83TG720RWRHAR ACTIV  
Q1  
2500  
E
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:  
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.  
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.  
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using  
this part in a new design.  
PRE_PROD Unannounced device, not in production, not available for mass market, nor on the web, samples not available.  
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.  
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.  
space  
(2) Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please  
check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability information and additional product content details.  
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.  
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS  
requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where  
designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.  
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the  
die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free  
(RoHS compatible) as defined above.  
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb)  
based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous material)  
space  
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. -- The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder  
temperature.  
space  
(4) Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line.  
Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.  
space  
(5) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device  
space  
(6) Multiple Device markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will  
appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device  
Marking for that device.  
Important Information and Disclaimer: The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI  
bases its knowledge and belief on information provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information.  
Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative  
and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals. TI and TI suppliers  
consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 121  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to  
Customer on an annual basis.  
14.1.2 Tape and Reel Information  
REEL DIMENSIONS  
TAPE DIMENSIONS  
K0  
P1  
W
B0  
Reel  
Diameter  
Cavity  
A0  
A0 Dimension designed to accommodate the component width  
B0 Dimension designed to accommodate the component length  
K0 Dimension designed to accommodate the component thickness  
Overall width of the carrier tape  
P1 Pitch between successive cavity centers  
W
Reel Width (W1)  
QUADRANT ASSIGNMENTS FOR PIN 1 ORIENTATION IN TAPE  
Sprocket Holes  
Q1 Q2  
Q3 Q4  
Q1 Q2  
Q3 Q4  
User Direction of Feed  
Pocket Quadrants  
Reel  
Diameter  
(mm)  
Reel  
Width W1  
(mm)  
Package  
Type  
Package  
Drawing  
A0  
(mm)  
B0  
(mm)  
K0  
(mm)  
P1  
(mm)  
W
(mm)  
Pin1  
Quadrant  
Device  
Pins  
SPQ  
PDP83TG720SWCSTQ  
1
VQFN  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RHA  
36  
36  
36  
250  
250  
Call TI  
180  
Call TI  
16.4  
Call TI  
6.3  
Call TI  
6.3  
Call TI  
1.1  
Call TI  
12  
Call TI  
16  
Call TI  
Q2  
DP83TG720RWRHATQ  
1
RHA  
DP83TG720RWRHAR  
Q1  
RHA  
2500  
330  
16.4  
6.3  
6.3  
1.1  
12  
16  
Q2  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
122 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
TAPE AND REEL BOX DIMENSIONS  
Width (mm)  
H
W
L
Device  
Package Type  
Package Drawing Pins  
SPQ  
250  
Length (mm) Width (mm)  
Height (mm)  
DP83TG720RWRHATQ1  
DP83TG720RWRHARQ1  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RHA  
RHA  
36  
36  
210  
367  
185  
367  
35  
35  
2500  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 123  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
PACKAGE OUTLINE  
RHA0036A  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
S
C
A
L
E
2
.
0
0
0
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD  
6.1  
5.9  
B
A
PIN 1 INDEX AREA  
6.1  
5.9  
0.1 MIN  
(0.13)  
A
-
A
4
0
.
0
0
0
SECTION A-A  
TYPICAL  
1.0  
0.8  
C
SEATING PLANE  
0.08 C  
0.05  
0.00  
2X  
4
SYMM  
(0.2) TYP  
EXPOSED  
THERMAL PAD  
18  
10  
9
19  
(0.16)  
TYP  
A
A
SYMM  
37  
2X  
4
3.7 0.1  
32X 0.5  
PIN 1 ID  
1
27  
0.31  
0.19  
36X  
36  
28  
0.5  
0.1  
C A B  
36X  
0.3  
0.05  
4225089/A 06/2019  
NOTES:  
1. All linear dimensions are in millimeters. Any dimensions in parenthesis are for reference only. Dimensioning and tolerancing  
per ASME Y14.5M.  
2. This drawing is subject to change without notice.  
3. The package thermal pad must be soldered to the printed circuit board for thermal and mechanical performance.  
www.ti.com  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
124 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
EXAMPLE BOARD LAYOUT  
RHA0036A  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD  
(
3.7)  
SYMM  
SEE SOLDER MASK  
DETAIL  
36  
28  
36X (0.6)  
27  
36X (0.25)  
1
(1.6)  
TYP  
32X (0.5)  
(0.625)  
TYP  
37  
SYMM  
(R0.05) TYP  
(5.8)  
(
0.2) TYP  
VIA  
19  
9
10  
18  
(0.625) TYP  
(1.6) TYP  
(5.8)  
LAND PATTERN EXAMPLE  
EXPOSED METAL SHOWN  
SCALE: 15X  
0.07 MIN  
ALL AROUND  
0.07 MAX  
ALL AROUND  
METAL UNDER  
SOLDER MASK  
METAL EDGE  
EXPOSED METAL  
SOLDER MASK  
OPENING  
EXPOSED  
METAL  
SOLDER MASK  
OPENING  
NON SOLDER MASK  
DEFINED  
(PREFERRED)  
SOLDER MASK DEFINED  
SOLDER MASK DETAILS  
4225089/A 06/2019  
NOTES: (continued)  
4. This package is designed to be soldered to a thermal pad on the board. For more information, see Texas Instruments literature  
number SLUA271 (www.ti.com/lit/slua271).  
5. Vias are optional depending on application, refer to device data sheet. If any vias are implemented, refer to their locations shown  
on this view. It is recommended that vias under paste be filled, plugged or tented.  
www.ti.com  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 125  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
DP83TG720R-Q1  
SNLS603B – DECEMBER 2020 – REVISED MARCH 2021  
www.ti.com  
EXAMPLE STENCIL DESIGN  
RHA0036A  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD  
(1.25)  
TYP  
36  
28  
36X (0.6)  
27  
36X (0.25)  
1
32X (0.5)  
(1.25) TYP  
(5.8)  
SYMM  
37  
(R0.05) TYP  
9
19  
9X ( 1.05)  
10  
18  
SYMM  
(5.8)  
SOLDER PASTE EXAMPLE  
BASED ON 0.125 MM THICK STENCIL  
SCALE: 15X  
EXPOSED PAD 37  
72% PRINTED SOLDER COVERAGE BY AREA UNDER PACKAGE  
4225089/A 06/2019  
NOTES: (continued)  
6. Laser cutting apertures with trapezoidal walls and rounded corners may offer better paste release. IPC-7525 may have alternate  
design recommendations.  
www.ti.com  
Copyright © 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
126 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83TG720R-Q1  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
2-Apr-2021  
PACKAGING INFORMATION  
Orderable Device  
Status Package Type Package Pins Package  
Eco Plan  
Lead finish/  
Ball material  
MSL Peak Temp  
Op Temp (°C)  
Device Marking  
Samples  
Drawing  
Qty  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
(4/5)  
(6)  
DP83TG720RWRHARQ1  
DP83TG720RWRHATQ1  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RHA  
RHA  
36  
36  
2500 RoHS & Green  
250 RoHS & Green  
NIPDAU  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
-40 to 125  
-40 to 125  
720R  
720R  
NIPDAU  
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:  
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.  
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.  
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.  
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.  
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.  
(2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance  
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may  
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".  
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.  
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based  
flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement.  
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.  
(4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.  
(5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation  
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.  
(6)  
Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two  
lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.  
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information  
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and  
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.  
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.  
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.  
Addendum-Page 1  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
2-Apr-2021  
Addendum-Page 2  
IMPORTANT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER  
TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATASHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE  
DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS”  
AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY  
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD  
PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.  
These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate  
TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable  
standards, and any other safety, security, or other requirements. These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you  
permission to use these resources only for development of an application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other  
reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third party  
intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against, any claims, damages,  
costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these resources.  
TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale (https:www.ti.com/legal/termsofsale.html) or other applicable terms available either  
on ti.com or provided in conjunction with such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s  
applicable warranties or warranty disclaimers for TI products.IMPORTANT NOTICE  
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265  
Copyright © 2021, Texas Instruments Incorporated  

相关型号:

DP83TG720SWRHATQ1

DP83TG720S-Q1 1000BASE-T1 Automotive Ethernet PHY
TI

DP8400-2

Error Detection & Correction (EDAC)
ETC

DP8400D-2

IC 84 SERIES, 16-BIT ERROR DETECT AND CORRECT CKT, CDIP48, HERMETIC SEALED, DIP-48, Arithmetic Circuit
NSC

DP8400D-2

84 SERIES, 16-BIT ERROR DETECT AND CORRECT CKT, CDIP48, HERMETIC SEALED, DIP-48
TI

DP8400N-2

84 SERIES, 16-BIT ERROR DETECT AND CORRECT CKT, PDIP48, PLASTIC, DIP-48
TI

DP8400N-4/A+

Error Detection & Correction (EDAC)
ETC

DP8400V-2

IC 84 SERIES, 16-BIT ERROR DETECT AND CORRECT CKT, PQCC68, PLASTIC, CC-68, Arithmetic Circuit
NSC

DP8400V-2

84 SERIES, 16-BIT ERROR DETECT AND CORRECT CKT, PQCC68, PLASTIC, CC-68
TI

DP8402A

DP8402A/DP8403/DP8404/DP8405 32-Bit Parallel Error Detection and Correction Circuits (EDACs)
NSC

DP8402AD

DP8402A/DP8403/DP8404/DP8405 32-Bit Parallel Error Detection and Correction Circuits (EDACs)
NSC

DP8402AV

DP8402A/DP8403/DP8404/DP8405 32-Bit Parallel Error Detection and Correction Circuits (EDACs)
NSC

DP8403

DP8402A/DP8403/DP8404/DP8405 32-Bit Parallel Error Detection and Correction Circuits (EDACs)
NSC